WO2017194018A1 - 随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质 - Google Patents

随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017194018A1
WO2017194018A1 PCT/CN2017/084248 CN2017084248W WO2017194018A1 WO 2017194018 A1 WO2017194018 A1 WO 2017194018A1 CN 2017084248 W CN2017084248 W CN 2017084248W WO 2017194018 A1 WO2017194018 A1 WO 2017194018A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
format
msg3
time domain
domain resource
prach
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/084248
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨玲
赵亚军
苟伟
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority to US16/301,263 priority Critical patent/US10959262B2/en
Publication of WO2017194018A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017194018A1/zh
Priority to US17/175,516 priority patent/US11533751B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/02—Hybrid access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0841—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment
    • H04W74/085—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment collision avoidance
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a random access method, device, and user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short), and a storage medium.
  • UE User Equipment
  • unlicensed spectrum has the following characteristics: free/low cost; low entry requirements, low cost; large available bandwidth; resource sharing;
  • LAA Licensed Assisted Access
  • the purpose of the random access procedure is introduced on the LAA Scell (the primary cell): for the PCell (secondary cell) and the SCell non-co-site scenario, the SCell and the PCell are not in the same Time Advance Group (TAG). Among them, because SCell and PCell experience different paths, different Time Advance (TA) values are obtained. Based on this, supporting random access on the SCell has become a mandatory option.
  • LAA Scell the primary cell
  • PCell secondary cell
  • TAG Time Advance Group
  • TA Time Advance
  • the uplink or downlink traffic is different, so that the LAA system does not have a fixed number of uplink/downlink subframes.
  • the LAT mechanism is introduced in the LAA, so that the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) in the related art does not have time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources. Apply to the LAA scene again.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the problem extended by the combination of the LAA feature and the random access procedure technology in the related art further includes: in the related art, the PDCCH order triggers a random access procedure on the subframe n, and the UE follows a specific n+k (k ⁇ 6)
  • the Preamble is sent on the first PRACH resource after the timing relationship.
  • the timing relationship in the related art may cause the UE to wait for the available PRACH resources, thereby improving the access delay.
  • the number of Preambles that can be used for non-contention random access does not satisfy multiple UEs simultaneously requiring random access scenarios.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a random access method and device, a user equipment UE, and a storage medium, to at least solve the problem that the UE needs to perform random access optimization in the related art.
  • a method for random access method including: determining an LBT priority level for transmitting a message in a random access procedure corresponding to performing an LBT mechanism after listening, and/or different physical random access
  • the LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the channel PRACH format; the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH format are determined, and the LBT mechanism is successfully sent after being successfully used for random access.
  • Various messages including: determining an LBT priority level for transmitting a message in a random access procedure corresponding to performing an LBT mechanism after listening, and/or different physical random access.
  • the LBT priority level order corresponding to each message sent in the random access procedure includes one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0; Msg2> Msg1>Msg0; Msg2>Msg0>Msg1; Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4; Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3; M
  • the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs includes: a third preamble set for contention for random access; a fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; The third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased or decreased by reducing or increasing the number of the third preamble set; or, the number of the second preamble set is expanded.
  • the third preamble number is increased, the third preamble.
  • the number of the third preamble set is set according to the application scenario, and/or the number of the fourth preamble set is set according to the application scenario, on the premise that the number of the second preamble set is extended to obtain the first preamble set;
  • the signaling includes: high layer RRC signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource used for transmitting the Mgs1 is determined by at least one of the following parameters: a PRACH time domain location pattern; a period or a period set of the PRACH time domain resource occurrence; and the PRACH time domain location is Offset in the period; PRACH time window start position; PRACH time window occurrence period; PRACH time window length; time domain resource start position in PRACH time window; time domain resource interval in PRACH time window; PRACH time window Time domain resource end location; the number of time domain resources within the PRACH time window.
  • the time domain for transmitting the Mgs1 is determined by at least one of the following manners a source or candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource: a mode of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link; a mode of signaling through a physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; The combination of signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification; by predetermined implicit mode.
  • the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring a PRACH time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling, by using The PRICH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource is enabled by the second DCI signaling.
  • the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the determining the time domain resource by using the high layer RRC signaling
  • the parameter is configured to trigger the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the DCI signaling.
  • the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource at at least one of: downlink transmission burst End position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; an uplink predetermined subframe position; an uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; and uplink transmission The uplink specific subframe in the burst; the uplink transmission burst; the uplink performs the subframe position after the first listening and the LBT mechanism succeeds.
  • the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a subframe position of a subframe transmitted by a physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is greater than or equal to 4. A positive integer.
  • the k is determined by at least one of the following manners: a manner of physical layer DCI signaling notification, a manner of high layer RRC signaling notification, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, a first uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, and an uplink transmission burst.
  • the frequency domain resource used for transmitting the Mgs1 is determined by at least one of the following: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high-layer radio link; a manner of signaling by DCI signaling through physical layer downlink control information; A combination of RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification.
  • the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource comprises at least one of: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index set; Frequency domain interval; frequency domain repetition number z; frequency domain repetition number set; number of PRBs and/or RE number included in frequency domain repetition.
  • the LBT mechanism is performed before the Mgs1 is sent, and the first indication message is sent to the base station if the LBT mechanism is successful, where the first indication message is used to instruct the UE to perform the LBT Success or failure; or, in the case that the LBT mechanism fails to be performed, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the predetermined time window in which the UE receives Mgs2 is extended to obtain an extended time window; and the Mgs2 is received in an extended time window.
  • the extended time window is obtained by the UE receiving the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 by at least one of the following manners: by dynamically indicating that the UE receives the time start point of the Mgs2, The UE receives the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 and performs the extension, and the obtained extended time window is an n+k subframe to an n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is a subframe in which the UE sends the Mgs1, where +k is the time starting point of the UE receiving the Mgs2, L is a predetermined time length, RA-ResponseWindowSize is the window length of the predetermined time window; and the Mgs2 is added by increasing the window length of the predetermined time window Receiving the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 to expand to obtain an extended time window; expanding the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 receiving the Mgs2 by adding an additional time window for receiving the Mgs
  • L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the UE does not receive the Mgs2, send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the sending preamble or Indicates that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the Mgs2 is received from the base station, where the Mgs2 carries a timing advance TA, an uplink grant UL grant, a preamble index, and a temporary cell access network temporary identifier.
  • TA timing advance
  • UL grant uplink grant
  • preamble index a temporary cell access network temporary identifier
  • the Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain subframe position set for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time window for sending the Msg3 message; and a time window for sending the Msg3 message.
  • the predetermined timing relationship value between the UE receiving the time-frequency domain resource that the base station sends the Mgs2 and the time domain resource that the UE sends the Msg3 message includes: n+k2, where k2 is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the value, or k2, is a value greater than or equal to four.
  • the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format 3, format 4, and the new format is new format.
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0 >format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3.
  • a random access apparatus including: a first determining module, configured to determine, in a random access procedure, a LBT priority level corresponding to performing an LBT mechanism after transmitting each message, and The LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the PRACH format of the different physical random access channels; the first sending module, configured to determine the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to different PRACH formats After the LBT mechanism is successfully executed, each message for random access is sent.
  • the LBT priority level order corresponding to each message sent in the random access procedure includes one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0; Msg2> Msg1>Msg0; Msg2>Msg0>Msg1; Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4; Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3; M
  • the Mgs2 is a message for the base station to send a response to the UE
  • the Mgs3 is used for the UE to send a message for the request to the base station
  • the Mgs4 is used by the base station to send the message to the UE. Competition to resolve the results of the news.
  • the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs includes: a third preamble set for contention for random access; a fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; The third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased or decreased by reducing or increasing the number of the third preamble set; or, the number of the second preamble set is expanded.
  • the number of codes is unchanged; the number of the third preamble set and/or the number of fourth preamble sets are configured by signaling according to the application scenario, on the premise that the number of the second preamble sets is extended to obtain the first preamble set;
  • the signaling includes: high layer RRC signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine, by using at least one of the following parameters, a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a PRACH time domain location pattern; and a PRACH time domain resource The period or period set that occurs; the offset of the PRACH time domain location in the period; the PRACH time window start position; the period in which the PRACH time window appears; the PRACH time window length; the time domain resource start position in the PRACH time window; PRACH Time domain resource interval in the time window; time domain resource end position in the PRACH time window; number of time domain resources in the PRACH time window.
  • a second determining module configured to determine, by using at least one of the following parameters, a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a PRACH time domain location pattern; and a PRACH time domain resource The period or period set that occurs; the offset of the PRACH time domain location in the period; the PRACH time window start position; the period
  • the second determining module is further configured to determine, by at least one of the following manners, a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource set to send the Mgs1 or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource. : a method of controlling RRC signaling configuration through a high-level radio link; a method of signaling through a physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; a combination of a high-layer RRC signaling configuration and a physical layer DCI signaling notification; and a predetermined implicit manner .
  • the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring a PRACH time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling, by using The PRICH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource is enabled by the second DCI signaling.
  • the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the determining the time domain resource by using the high layer RRC signaling
  • the parameter is configured to trigger the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the DCI signaling.
  • the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource at at least one of: downlink transmission burst End position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; an uplink predetermined subframe position; an uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; and uplink transmission The uplink specific subframe in the burst; the uplink transmission burst; the uplink performs the subframe position after the first listening and the LBT mechanism succeeds.
  • the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a subframe position of a subframe transmitted by a physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is greater than or equal to 4. A positive integer.
  • the second determining module includes: a first determining unit, configured to determine, by at least one of the following manners: a manner of the physical layer DCI signaling notification, a manner of a high layer RRC signaling notification, and a base station and the UE The agreed way.
  • a first determining unit configured to determine, by at least one of the following manners: a manner of the physical layer DCI signaling notification, a manner of a high layer RRC signaling notification, and a base station and the UE The agreed way.
  • the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, a first uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, and a second uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst.
  • the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an even-numbered uplink subframe
  • the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an odd-numbered uplink subframe
  • the base station and the user equipment agree on an uplink subframe in advance.
  • the apparatus further includes: a third determining module, configured to be at least in the following manner First, determining a frequency domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high-layer radio link; a method of signaling through a physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; and a high-layer RRC signaling configuration and a physical layer DCI The way in which signaling is combined.
  • a third determining module configured to be at least in the following manner First, determining a frequency domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high-layer radio link; a method of signaling through a physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; and a high-layer RRC signaling configuration and a physical layer DCI The way in which signaling is combined.
  • the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource comprises at least one of: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index set; Frequency domain interval; frequency domain repetition number z; frequency domain repetition number set; number of PRBs and/or RE number included in frequency domain repetition.
  • the apparatus further includes: an execution module, configured to perform an LBT mechanism before the Mgs1 is sent; and a second sending module, configured to send the first indication message to the base station if the LBT mechanism is successful
  • the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE performs the LBT success or failure; or, in the case that the LBT mechanism fails to be performed, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used.
  • the apparatus further comprises: an expansion module configured to extend the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window; and the first receiving module is configured to receive the Mgs2 in the extended time window.
  • an expansion module configured to extend the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive the Mgs2 in the extended time window.
  • the extension module is further configured to extend, by using at least one of the following manners, the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2 to obtain the extended time window: by dynamically indicating that the UE receives the Mgs2 a method of starting a time, expanding the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2, and obtaining an extended time window from n+k subframes to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is the The UE sends a subframe of Mgs1, n+k is a time start point of the UE receiving the Mgs2, L is a predetermined time length, and RA-ResponseWindowSize is a window length of the predetermined time window; by adding a window of the predetermined time window a long way of expanding the predetermined time window in which the Mgs2 receives the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window; receiving the Mgs2 for the Mgs2 by
  • L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the apparatus further includes: a third sending module, configured to send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the UE does not receive the Mgs2, wherein the third indication message It is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the transmitting preamble or that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • a third sending module configured to send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the UE does not receive the Mgs2, wherein the third indication message It is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the transmitting preamble or that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second receiving module, configured to: after transmitting the Mgs1 to the base station, receive the Mgs2 from the base station, where the Mgs2 carries a timing advance TA and an uplink grant UL grant , preamble index, temporary cell access network temporary identifier TC-RNTI.
  • a second receiving module configured to: after transmitting the Mgs1 to the base station, receive the Mgs2 from the base station, where the Mgs2 carries a timing advance TA and an uplink grant UL grant , preamble index, temporary cell access network temporary identifier TC-RNTI.
  • the Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain subframe position set for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time window for sending the Msg3 message; and a time window for sending the Msg3 message.
  • the predetermined timing relationship value between the UE receiving the time-frequency domain resource of the Ms2 sent by the base station and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE includes:
  • k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or k2 is a value greater than or equal to 4.
  • the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format 3, format 4, and the new format is new format.
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0 >format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3.
  • a user equipment UE comprising the apparatus of any of the above.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: determining that each message sent in the random access procedure corresponds to performing an LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism, and/or different physical random access.
  • the LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the channel PRACH format; the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH format are determined, and each LBT mechanism is successfully sent after the LBT mechanism is successfully executed. Message.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the LBT priority level order corresponding to each message sent in the random access procedure includes one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2> Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0; Msg2>Msg1>Msg0; Msg2>Msg0>Msg1; Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4; Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2;Msg1>
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs, including: a third preamble set for random access for contention; A fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; wherein the third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: increasing or decreasing the fourth preamble by reducing or increasing the number of third preamble sets in a case where the number of second preamble sets is constant The number of code sets; or, by expanding the number of second preamble sets to obtain the first preamble set, by adding the number of new preambles in the second preamble set to the fourth preamble set In a manner, the number of the fourth preamble set is increased, and the number of the third preamble is unchanged.
  • the third preamble is configured by signaling according to the application scenario.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing: determining, by at least one of the following parameters, a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a PRACH time domain location pattern; The period or period set of PRACH time domain resources; the offset of the PRACH time domain location in the period; the PRACH time window start position; the period of the PRACH time window; the PRACH time window length; the time domain resource in the PRACH time window Start position; time domain resource interval in PRACH time window; time domain resource end position in PRACH time window; number of time domain resources in PRACH time window.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: Determining, in at least one of the following manners, a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1 or the parameter for determining the time domain resource: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link; The manner of signaling through the physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; the combination of the higher layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification; by the predetermined implicit mode.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling Or the determining, by the second DCI signaling, the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource by using the parameter that is used to determine the time domain resource. can.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or by using the high layer RRC signaling a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource, where the configured PRACH time domain resource or candidate PRACH time domain resource or the method for determining the time domain resource is triggered by the DCI signaling The parameter is enabled.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the predetermined implicit manner comprises: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or for using at least one of the following locations Determining the parameter enabling of the time domain resource: a downlink transmission burst end position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by a physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; Frame position; the uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; the uplink specific subframe in the uplink transmission burst; the uplink transmission burst; the uplink performs the subframe position after the first listening and the LBT mechanism succeeds.
  • the predetermined implicit manner comprises: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or for using at least one of the following locations Determining the parameter enabling of the time domain resource: a downlink transmission burst end position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the predetermined timing relationship comprises: n+k, where n is a subframe position of a subframe transmitted by the physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the k is determined by at least one of: a physical layer DCI signaling manner, a high layer RRC signaling manner, a base station and a UE Pre-agreed approach.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, and an uplink transmission burst The first uplink subframe, the second uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst, the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an even uplink subframe, and the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an odd uplink subframe, and the base station and the user equipment are in advance. The agreed uplink subframe.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: determining, by at least one of the following, determining a frequency domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link The manner of DCI signaling notification through physical layer downlink control information; the combination of high-layer RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource comprises at least one of: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; The frequency domain start physical resource block PRB or the resource unit RE location index set; the frequency domain interval; the frequency domain repetition number z; the frequency domain repetition number set; the number of PRBs and/or the number of REs included in the frequency domain repetition.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: performing an LBT mechanism before the Mgs1 is sent; and transmitting a first indication message to the base station if the LBT mechanism is successful, The first indication message is used to indicate that the UE performs the LBT success or failure; or, in the case that the LBT mechanism fails to be performed, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used to indicate The MAC layer does not perform a PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the step of: extending a predetermined time window in which the UE receives Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window; receiving the Mgs2 within an extended time window.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: At least one of the following manners, the foregoing time window for receiving the Mgs2 by the UE is extended to obtain the extended time window: receiving, by the UE, the manner that the UE starts receiving the time start of the Mgs2
  • the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 is expanded, and the obtained extended time window is n+k subframe to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is the subframe in which the UE transmits the Mgs1, and n+k is the
  • the time at which the UE receives the Mgs2, L is a predetermined time length, and the RA-ResponseWindowSize is the window length of the predetermined time window; and the Mgs2 is received by the Mgs2 by increasing the window length of the predetermined time window.
  • Expanding the predetermined time window to obtain an extended time window expanding the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 receiving the Mgs2 by adding an additional time window for receiving the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window;
  • the predetermined time window in which the Mgs2 receives the Mgs2 is expanded by adding an additional number of times for receiving the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI Signaling, the way in which the base station and the UE pre-agreed.
  • L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI Signaling, the way in which the base station and the UE pre-agreed.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for: transmitting, when the UE does not receive the Mgs2, a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where The third indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the transmitting preamble or that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: after transmitting the Mgs1 to the base station, receiving the Mgs2 from the base station, where the Mgs2 carries a timing advance TA, The uplink grant UL grant, the preamble index, and the temporary cell access network temporary identifier TC-RNTI.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a time domain subframe for transmitting the Msg3 message.
  • the UE receives the predetermined timing relationship value between the time-frequency domain resource of the Mgs2 sent by the base station and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the UE receives the predetermined timing between a time domain resource in which the base station transmits the Mgs2 and a time domain resource in which the UE sends the Msg3 message.
  • the relationship values include: n+k2, where k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or k2 is a value greater than or equal to 4.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format 3, format 4, a predetermined new format new format, corresponding to different PRACH formats.
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism includes at least one of the following: format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4> Format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3.
  • the LBT mechanism is used to perform random access according to the correspondence between different Msg messages and/or the PRACH format format and the LBT priority, and the related technologies need to optimize the random access of the UE.
  • the problem is to achieve optimized random access and improve the success rate of random access.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the hardware structure of a user equipment of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of contention and non-contention random Preamble partitioning on the premise of increasing the number of Preambles available in a cell in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an additional non-contention based random Preamble in a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of configuring a PRACH time domain pattern and physical layer DCI signaling to trigger PRACH resource enable according to a high layer RRC signaling according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a new RAR transmission time window or RAR response time window in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram 1 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of a second determining module 82 in a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram 2 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram 3 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram 4 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram 5 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram 6 showing a preferred structure of a random access apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a hardware structural block diagram of a user equipment of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • user equipment 10 may include one or more (only one shown) processor 102 (processor 102 may include, but is not limited to, a processing device such as a microprocessor MCU or a programmable logic device FPGA)
  • processor 102 may include, but is not limited to, a processing device such as a microprocessor MCU or a programmable logic device FPGA)
  • a memory 104 for storing data
  • a transmission device 106 for communication functions.
  • FIG. 1 is merely illustrative and does not limit the structure of the above electronic device.
  • user device 10 may also include more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 1, or have a different configuration than that shown in FIG.
  • the memory 104 can be used to store software programs and modules of application software, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the random access method in the embodiment of the present invention, and the processor 102 executes each by running a software program and a module stored in the memory 104.
  • a functional application and data processing, that is, the above method is implemented.
  • Memory 104 may include high speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory such as one or more magnetic storage devices, flash memory, or other non-volatile solid state memory.
  • memory 104 may further include memory remotely located relative to processor 102, which may be connected to user device 10 over a network. Examples of such networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, intranets, local area networks, mobile communication networks, and combinations thereof.
  • Transmission device 106 is for receiving or transmitting data via a network.
  • the network specific examples described above may include a wireless network provided by a communication provider of the user equipment 10.
  • the transmission device 106 includes a Network Interface Controller (NIC) that can be connected to other network devices through a base station to communicate with the Internet.
  • the transmission device 106 can be a Radio Frequency (RF) module for communicating with the Internet wirelessly.
  • NIC Network Interface Controller
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the process includes, for example, Next steps:
  • Step S202 determining an LBT priority level for performing the LBT mechanism after the respective messages are sent in the random access process, and/or an LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the PRACH format of the different physical random access channels;
  • step S204 after the LBT mechanism succeeds, the respective messages for random access are sent after the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH formats are determined.
  • the LBT mechanism is used to perform random access according to the correspondence between different Msg messages and/or the PRACH format format and the LBT priority, which solves the problem that the UE needs to perform random access optimization in the related art. Achieve optimized random access and improve the success rate of random access.
  • the execution body of the foregoing steps may be a user equipment, but is not limited thereto.
  • the LBT priority level order corresponding to each message sent in the random access process may include multiple types, for example, may include one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0;Msg2>Msg1>Msg0;Msg2>Msg0>Msg1; Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4; Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3; Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3;Msg1>Msg4>Ms
  • the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs includes: a third preamble set for contention for random access; a fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; The third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased or decreased by reducing or increasing the number of the third preamble set; or, the number of the second preamble set is expanded.
  • the number of codes is unchanged; the number of the third preamble set and/or the number of fourth preamble sets are configured by signaling according to the application scenario, on the premise that the number of the second preamble sets is extended to obtain the first preamble set;
  • the signaling includes: high layer RRC signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the method of increasing the number of Preambles for non-contention random access may include: maintaining 64 available Preambles in each existing cell.
  • the code is unchanged, the number of Preamble codes for random access for contention is reduced, the number of reduced Preambles is used for non-contention random access; or the new Preamble for N available Preamble codes in the cell
  • the N available Preamble codes are re-allocated, and the random access for contention and the random access for non-contention are respectively configured according to the configuration signaling.
  • the LAA numb erofRA-Preambles are configured according to the high layer RRC signaling, where the LAA is used for non-competitive randomization.
  • Number of Preambles accessed N-LAA numberofRA-Preambles.
  • the number of the reduced Preambles, and/or the total number of available Preamble codes in the cell may be obtained in multiple manners, for example, may be obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-layer RRC signaling, UE-specific DCI signaling, Common DCI signaling, Group DCI signaling, DL DCI signaling, predefined, base station and UE prior agreement.
  • the resource for sending the Mgs1 needs to be determined, where the resource includes a time domain resource and/or a frequency domain resource, which are respectively described below.
  • the time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource for sending the Mgs1 may be determined by at least one of the following parameters: PRACH time domain location Pattern; period or period set of PRACH time domain resources; offset of PRACH time domain position within period; PRACH time window start position; PRACH time window occurrence period; PRACH time window length; PRACH time window time domain Resource start location; time domain resource interval in PRACH time window; time domain resource end position in PRACH time window; number of time domain resources in PRACH time window.
  • the method for determining the time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource for using the Mgs1 or the parameter for determining the time domain resource may also be multiple, for example, may be determined by at least one of the following manners.
  • a time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1 or the parameter for determining the time domain resource a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link; and a downlink control information DCI through a physical layer Mode of signaling (the DCI signaling may include: UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling; Group DCI signaling; DL DCI signaling); notification by high-layer RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling The way of combining; by implicit means of reservation.
  • the high-level RRC signaling configures the PRACH time domain location pattern
  • the high-layer RRC signaling configures the period in which the PRACH time domain resource appears, or the period set, And/or, the offset of the PRACH time domain location in the period
  • the high layer RRC signaling indicates the PRACH time domain resource location or the index identifier corresponding to the set
  • the upper layer RRC configures the PRACH time window length, and/or time The PRACH time domain location, and/or interval, is initiated within the window.
  • the following processing may be implemented: configuring a PRACH time domain resource location index; a PRACH time domain resource location index set; a PRACH time window length; and a PRACH time domain resource in a time window Start position index; PRACH time domain resource interval in time window; PRACH time domain resource number in time window.
  • the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring a PRACH time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling, by using The PRICH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource is enabled by the second DCI signaling.
  • the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the determining the time domain resource by using the high layer RRC signaling
  • the parameter is configured to trigger the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the DCI signaling.
  • the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource at at least one of: downlink transmission burst End position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; an uplink predetermined subframe position; an uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; and uplink transmission The uplink specific subframe in the burst; the uplink transmission burst; the uplink performs the subframe position after the first listening and the LBT mechanism succeeds.
  • the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a subframe position of a subframe transmitted by the physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4. .
  • the k is determined by at least one of the following manners: a manner of physical layer DCI signaling notification, a manner of high layer RRC signaling notification, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of: a first uplink subframe, The second uplink subframe, the first uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst, the second uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst, the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an even uplink subframe, and the subframe index in the uplink transmission burst is An odd-numbered uplink subframe, an uplink subframe agreed by the base station and the user equipment in advance.
  • the frequency domain resource used for transmitting the Mgs1 is determined by at least one of the following: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high-layer radio link; a manner of signaling by DCI signaling through physical layer downlink control information; A combination of RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification.
  • the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource comprises at least one of: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index set; Frequency domain interval; frequency domain repetition number z; frequency domain repetition number set; number of PRBs and/or RE number included in frequency domain repetition.
  • the UE when the UE does not detect the RAR response sent by the base station within the RAR reception time window, the random access fails. At this point, the UE needs to perform Power ramping.
  • the UE For the LAA, the UE does not receive the RAR response sent by the base station, which may be caused by the failure of the LBT on the base station side. Based on this, the LAA needs to consider an indication method indicating that the UE does not perform Power ramping.
  • the LBT mechanism is performed before the Mgs1 is sent, and the first indication message is sent to the base station when the LBT mechanism is successfully executed, where the first indication message is used. And indicating that the UE performs the LBT success or failure; or, in the case that the LBT mechanism fails, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the first indication message, the second indication message may be sent on the authorized carrier, or may be sent on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the UE may not receive the RAR response sent by the base station to the UE according to the RAR (ie, Mgs2) receiving time window specified in the related art, because the base station side LBT fails. Based on this, it is necessary to consider a method of increasing the UE receiving the RAR response. Therefore, in the preferred embodiment, the UE receives a predetermined time window of Mgs2 (ie, existing reception) The time window of Mgs is extended to obtain an extended time window; the Mgs2 is received within an extended time window. The extending the predetermined time window may be performed in multiple manners.
  • the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2 may be extended by the at least one of the following manners to obtain the extended time window: Receiving, by the UE, the time start of the Mgs2, expanding the predetermined time window of the Ms2 by the UE, and obtaining an extended time window of n+k subframes to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, That is, the UE transmits the Preamble code in the nth subframe, and listens to the RAR response of the base station in the end of the n subframe to n+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize.
  • n is the subframe in which the UE transmits Mgs1
  • n+k is the time starting point of the UE receiving the Mgs2
  • L is a predetermined time length
  • RA-ResponseWindowSize is the window length of the predetermined time window
  • the foregoing parameters for extending the predetermined time window may be obtained in multiple manners, for example, L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize may be obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink Control information DCI signaling, a manner in which the base station and the UE pre-agreed.
  • the UE does not receive the Mgs2, send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the sending preamble or Indicates that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the UE sends an indication message to the MAC when the base station performs the LBT failure or the random access fails due to the UE performing the LBT failure.
  • the indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power PowerRampingStep when attempting to send the Preamble code next time. And/or, it does not count the number of Preamble transmission failures caused by the failure of the UE side LBT to the PreambleTransMax.
  • the Mgs2 carries a Time Advance (TA), an uplink grant UL grant, a preamble index, and a temporary cell access network temporary identifier TC-RNTI.
  • TA Time Advance
  • TC-RNTI temporary cell access network temporary identifier
  • At least one of the following information may be carried in the Mgs2: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain subframe position set for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a Msg3 message is sent.
  • Time window time domain resource and offset of the initial transmission Msg3 message in the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; time domain resource interval for transmitting the Msg3 message in the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; number of times of transmitting the Msg3 message; sending Msg3 The number of time domain resources of the message; the UE receives a predetermined timing relationship value between the time-frequency domain resource of the Mgs2 sent by the base station and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE.
  • the predetermined timing relationship value between the UE receiving the time-frequency domain resource that the base station sends the Mgs2 and the time domain resource that the UE sends the Msg3 message includes: n+k2, where k2 is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the value, or k2, is a value greater than or equal to four.
  • k2 can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
  • the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format3, format 4, and the new format is new format
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0> Format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2 >format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new Format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new Format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3.
  • a method of adding a preamble Preamble code for use in a non-contention random access mode is provided.
  • the function of transmitting the Preamble code in the random access procedure is to inform the base station eNodeB that there is a random access request, and enable the base station eNodeB to estimate the transmission delay between it and the UE, so that the base station eNodeB calibrates the uplink timing and passes the calibration information through the TA. Command tells the UE.
  • the Preamble is transmitted on the PRACH.
  • Preamble sequences for contention-based random access in 64 available Preamble sequences and Preamble sequences for non-contention based random access are divided as follows: Preamble Index #0 to #51 for contention-based random access The scene is used; Preamble Index #52 to #63 are used for non-contention based random access scenarios. Among them, Preamble Index #52 to #59 are currently used to switch scenes in LTE, and Preamble Index #60 to #63 are used for non-contention random access, for example, downlink data arrival.
  • the preferred embodiment provides a method for adding a preamble Preamble code for a non-contention random access mode, including at least one of the following:
  • Method 1 A group of UEs are configured with the same Preamble Index.
  • the same Preamble Index can be configured for the UE or UE group within the same TAG.
  • a TAG group if one UE or any UE successfully transmits the Preamble code, and/or receives the RAR response message sent by the base station, the non-contention random access is considered to be successful.
  • the time domain and/or the frequency domain PRACH resources of the UEs in the TAG group that send the Preamble may be the same or different.
  • the division of the TAG group may be divided according to the distance between the base station and the base station, and/or re-divided according to the TA value reported by the UE in a period of time, and/or according to the TA value reported by the UE last time. Division and so on.
  • the foregoing base station may refer to a Macro base station, and/or an SCell micro base station, and/or an MeNB in a DC scenario, and/or a SeNB in a DC scenario, and/or an MeNB in a LAA DC/Standalone scenario. And/or, SeNB.
  • the number of Preamble sequences available for non-contention random access in Method 1 is the same as in the related LTE techniques.
  • Method 2 Extend the number of Preambles used for non-contention random access.
  • the number of the preambles for the contention of the random access (the number of RA-Preambles) is sent by the base station to the UE through the RACH-ConfigCommon (in the SIB-2 message).
  • the number of Preambles for non-contention random access can be determined by numberofRA-Preambles according to a specific relationship. The specific relationship is: the number of available Preambles of the cell minus numberofRA-Preambles is equal to the number of Preambles available for non-contention random access.
  • the number of available Preambles in the LTE is 64, the number of number of RA-Preambles is 52, and the number of Preambles available for non-contention random access is 12.
  • the number of numberofRA-Preambles is configured, and/or the manner of the number of Preambles used for non-contention random access in the LAA includes at least one of the following:
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configures the number of LAA number of RA-Preambles, and/or the number of Preambles used for non-contention random access in the LAA.
  • the value range of LAA numberofRA-Preambles is [0, A].
  • A is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 52.
  • A may be set to 10, 20, 30.
  • the LAA number of RA-Preambles field may be added to the RACH-ConfigCommon in the RRC signaling, or the numberofRA-Preambles field in the LTE may be maintained, but the value range is modified.
  • Manner 2 Physical layer DCI signaling configures the number of LAA number of RA-Preambles, and/or the number of Preamble codes used for non-contention random access.
  • the physical layer DCI signaling may include at least one of the following: UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, and newly designed DCI signaling.
  • the UE-specific DCI signaling may be DCI format 1A.
  • the public DCI signaling may be DCI format 1C, and may use reserved bits to indicate the number of LAA number of RA-Preambles, and/or the number of Preamble codes used for non-contention random access, or introduce a new random connection in DCI format 1C. In the trigger and/or parameter configuration branch, some or all of the bits in the format may be used to indicate the number of LAA number of RA-Preambles, and/or the number of Preamble codes for non-contention random access.
  • the UE follows the physical layer DCI signaling. Determining the number of Preamble codes used for contention random access, and/or the number of Preambles for non-contention random access;
  • the UE may determine according to a specific rule that According to the physical layer DCI signaling or the LAA number of RA-Preambles notified by the high layer RRC signaling, and/or the number of Preambles for non-contention random access as the LAA system, or LAA DC, or, used in Standalone The number of Preambles that compete for random access.
  • the specific rule is: if the numberofRA-Preambles of the physical layer DCI configuration is smaller than the RRC configuration, the numberofRA-Preambles configured by the physical layer DCI is adopted. If the number is greater than the RRC configuration, the numberofRA-Preambles configured by the RRC are used. If the number is equal to the RRC configuration, it is arbitrarily chosen. If the number of Preambles for non-contention random access configured by the physical layer DCI is greater than that of the high-level configuration or calculated according to the number of the number of RA-Preambles and the total number of Preambles, the physical layer DCI configuration is used for non-competitive random access. The number of Preamble.
  • the number of Preambles for non-contention random access configured by the higher layer RRC is adopted. If it is equal to the high-level configuration or calculated according to the number of number of RA-Preambles and the total number of Preamble, it is arbitrarily selected.
  • the number of available Preambles for non-contention random access may be determined by a combination of higher layer RRC and physical layer signaling.
  • the high layer RRC signaling configures one or more Preamble sequence numbers for non-contention random access, which non-contention random access Preamble sequence set is triggered by physical layer DCI signaling, and/or which one is configured Which Preamble Index in the non-contention random access Preamble sequence set is given to the UE.
  • the high-layer RRC is enabled once the number of RA-Preambles and/or the Preamble number or set for non-contention random access is configured, or may not be enabled, triggered by the physical layer DCI signaling and/or Configure a proprietary Preamble Index for the UE or UE group.
  • Method 3 Predefined way.
  • the number of numberofRA-Preambles (the number of Preambles available for competing random access) or the number of Preambles for non-contention random access is defined in advance.
  • the base station configures a proprietary Preamble Index for the UE or UE group based on a pre-defined set of Preamble sequences available for non-contention random access.
  • the number of non-contention random access Preambles used for handover scenarios, and/or the number of non-contention random access Preamble codes used for downlink data arrival scenarios may also be notified by higher layer RRC signaling (eg, RACH-ConfigCommon), and/or, using physical layer DCI signaling (UE-specific DCI signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, newly designed DCI signaling) notification, and/or, pre- The way of definition is notified to the UE.
  • RRC signaling eg, RACH-ConfigCommon
  • physical layer DCI signaling UE-specific DCI signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, newly designed DCI signaling
  • the number of non-contention random access Preamble codes for handover and the number of non-contention random access Preamble codes for downlink data arrival scenarios may be dynamically configured according to requirements and scenarios.
  • the method for extending the number of non-contention random access Preamble codes used for downlink data arrival scenarios under the premise of keeping the existing 64 preambles unchanged can be used by reducing the random access mode for contention.
  • the number of Preamble codes, or the number of available Preambles used for non-contention random access in the handover scenario can be used by reducing the random access mode for contention.
  • Method 3 Increase the number of Preambles available in the cell.
  • One of them is to use the newly added Preamble code for the non-contention random access mode, thereby expanding the number of Preambles available in the non-contention random access mode.
  • the newly added Preamble can be used for triggering random access in the downlink data arrival event.
  • the added Preamble code is used to expand the total number of available Preamble codes in the cell, denoted as N, to reallocate N Preamble codes available in the cell, which are random access for contention, and which are used for non- Competitive random access. .
  • the difference from the above methods 1 and 2 is that the problem of insufficient number of available Preambles for non-contention random access is solved by expanding the number of available Preambles per cell.
  • the number of Preambles available in the added cell is N. the way. It can be determined in a predefined manner, or by high-layer RRC signaling configuration (for example, RACH-ConfigCommon configuration, that is, introducing the number of available Preamble parameters in the cell in this field), or through physical layer DCI signaling (UE-specific DCI) Signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, new The configured DCI signaling) configuration determines N.
  • RRC signaling configuration for example, RACH-ConfigCommon configuration, that is, introducing the number of available Preamble parameters in the cell in this field
  • UE-specific DCI physical layer DCI signaling
  • public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant new The configured DCI signaling
  • the corresponding may be based on high layer RRC signaling (eg, RACH-ConfigCommon) and/or physical layer DCI signaling (UE-specific DCI signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, new)
  • the designed DCI signaling configures a new numberofRA-Preambles value to determine the new number of Preambles for non-contention random access.
  • RRC signaling for example, RACH-ConfigCommon
  • physical layer DCI signaling UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, newly designed DCI) Signaling
  • Configure a new number of Preambles for non-contention random access so that a new numberofRA-Preambles value can be determined.
  • a new numberofRA-Preambles value and/or a number of Preambles for non-contention random access are specified in a predefined manner.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an additional non-contention based Preamble according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, an additional Preamble Index is added for non-competitive access mode, and an additional Preamble Index and/or number is added.
  • N-64 is the number of additional Preamble codes, N is the total number of Preamble codes available in the total cell determined by the existing 64 Preamble plus the number of added Preambles
  • RRC signaling eg RACH-ConfigCommon configuration, that is, introducing additional non-contention access Preamble number parameters in the cell in this field, and/or physical layer signaling (UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, newly designed DCI signaling) configuration, and / or, predefined way, and / or, the base station and the UE agreed in advance.
  • the number of Preambles used for switching the scenario may be reduced, and the reduced number of Preambles may be used to trigger a random access situation based on the downlink data arrival event.
  • the preferred embodiment provides a method of determining PRACH time domain resources.
  • Method 1 The PRACH time domain resource is configured through the upper layer RRC.
  • Manner 1 The upper layer RRC signaling configures the PRACH time domain location pattern.
  • the PRACH time domain location pattern configured by the upper layer RRC.
  • the PRACH time domain pattern is valid immediately after the high layer RRC configuration.
  • the PRACH time domain pattern is not valid immediately after the high-layer RRC configuration, only when the physical layer DCI signaling (eg, UE-specific DCI signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, new design)
  • the DCI signaling triggers at least one of the time domain locations in its PRACH time domain pattern to take effect.
  • at least one of the time domain locations in the PRACH time domain pattern is triggered to be valid only in a specific implicit manner.
  • the PRACH time domain resource mode may be configured according to the existing RRC signaling, or the high layer RRC configures the PRACH time domain resource location dedicated to the LAA, or the PRACH time domain resource location pattern.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of configuring a PRACH time domain pattern and physical layer DCI signaling to trigger PRACH resource activation according to a high layer RRC signaling according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • a high layer RRC configures a PRACH time domain in a time.
  • the resource location pattern, and whether the RRC configured PRACH time domain pattern is enabled, is dynamically triggered by the physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the DCI signaling carries a field, which can occupy 2 bits, or 3 bits: used to indicate that a PRACH time domain resource is enabled. (Preferably, after triggering the DCI signaling, the first PRACH time domain resource is triggered.
  • the location, or the second PRACH time domain resource location, or the specific PRACH time domain resource location, or the first t PRACH time domain resources are enabled after the triggering of the DCI signaling, or the DCI is triggered to be received. After the signaling, all PRACH time domain resource locations are enabled, or the PRACH time domain resources of the odd or even locations are enabled after the DCI signaling is triggered.
  • the RRC configured PRACH time domain resource location pattern may be continuous in unit time or discrete PRACH time domain resource locations.
  • Manner 2 The upper layer RRC signaling configures a period in which the PRACH time domain resource appears, or a period set, and/or an offset of the PRACH time domain position in the period.
  • the period T of the PRACH time domain resource configured by the upper layer RRC signaling is smaller than the uplink maximum transmission duration, or the period T is related to the uplink transmission duration.
  • the configured week The period T can be adjusted according to the uplink or downlink traffic statistics in a period of time, or according to the uplink transmission duration statistics or the average value in a period of time.
  • the period in which the high-level RRC configures the PRACH time domain resource occurs is 2 ms.
  • the UE is based on the PRACH period T configured by the network layer.
  • the period T of the PRACH time domain location of the upper layer configuration is enabled.
  • the PRACH time domain resource starting location defaults to the first uplink time domain resource (the time domain resource may be one subframe, partial subframe, two symbols, two subframes, three subframes), and is transmitted in the uplink.
  • the PRACH time domain resource appears in the burst according to the period T, and the PRACH time domain resource periodically occurring in the uplink transmission burst is valid regardless of whether the UE sends the Preamble code.
  • the other is: optionally, once the UE sends the Preamble code in one of the corresponding periodic PRACH time domain resource positions in the uplink transmission burst, the PRACH time domain resource location after the PRACH time domain resource in the uplink transmission burst Invalid.
  • the second embodiment assumes that the period of the high-level RRC configuration PRACH time domain resource is ⁇ 1ms, 2ms, 3ms, 4ms, 5ms, 6ms, 10ms ⁇ , and the terminal UE independently selects the PRACH in the uplink transmission burst according to the uplink transmission burst length.
  • the base station selects a period value notification from the RRC configured period set according to a specific rule to the UE.
  • the specific rule is downlink and/or downlink transmission service, or according to uplink and/or downlink MCOT length and the like.
  • the period takes effect is related to the end of the downlink transmission burst, that is, it takes effect after the end of the downlink transmission burst.
  • the configuration takes effect immediately upon configuration, or whether the period is valid and related to physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the UE detects UE-specific DCI signaling; public DCI signaling, group DCI signaling, DL grant, newly designed DCI.
  • the period T is enabled.
  • the start of the PRACH time domain resource is related to the end of the downlink transmission burst, or according to the UE-specific DCI signaling; the public DCI signaling, the group DCI signaling, the DL grant, and the newly designed DCI signaling subframe position n according to the specific
  • the timing relationship n+k determines the starting point of the PRACH time domain resource.
  • k can be a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or greater than or equal to 4.
  • k is 1,2,3,4,5,6,7, etc.
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configuration indicates a PRACH time domain resource location or a set index.
  • a corresponding table of different uplink transmission durations and PRACH time domain resource locations is defined in advance.
  • the upper layer RRC only configures the configuration index value in the table.
  • the high-layer RRC configures the time window length for transmitting the PRACH, and/or the starting PRACH time domain position within the time window, and/or, the interval, and/or the time window starting position for transmitting the PRACH.
  • the time window in which the Preamble time window is sent, or the time window of the PRACH time domain resource may be effective immediately after the RRC configuration is configured, or the high layer RRC is only configured, but does not take effect immediately, and the validity is related to the physical layer DCI signaling, or
  • the implicit method takes effect.
  • the implicit mode includes: a downlink transmission end subframe, or a UE LBT success time, or the first uplink subframe implicitly makes it effective.
  • the start of the PRACH time window is related to the end of the downlink transmission burst, or according to the UE-specific DCI signaling, the public DCI signaling, the group DCI signaling, the DL grant, and the newly designed DCI signaling subframe position n according to the specific
  • the timing relationship n+k is determined, or the first uplink subframe position is related.
  • the time window may be located at a downlink transmission burst end position, or a first uplink subframe, or a subframe position determined according to a specific timing relationship, or after, or included.
  • k can be a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or greater than or equal to 4.
  • k is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and the like.
  • Method 2 Physical layer DCI signaling is explicitly notified. The upper layer does not configure the PRACH time domain resource information.
  • the PRACH time domain resource location index, and/or the PRACH time domain resource location index set, and/or the PRACH time window, and/or the time window PRACH time domain may be explicitly indicated by physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the above-mentioned parameters explicitly indicated in the physical layer DCI signaling are effective as soon as indicated, or the physical layer DCI signaling only indicates the above parameters, but does not take effect immediately, and may take effect according to the public DCI signaling or the second DCI signal.
  • the burst end position triggers its effect.
  • Method 3 According to the combination of high-level RRC configuration and physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configuration, and the physical layer DCI triggers its high-level RRC configuration to take effect in the same manner as in the first method.
  • Method 4 implicitly indicating a PRACH time domain resource location, or a PRACH time domain resource location set, or a PRACH time window, or a PRACH time domain resource start location, or a PRACH time domain resource interval.
  • the implicit indication includes: determining the PRACH according to the downlink transmission end position, or according to the uplink specific subframe position, or according to the UE uplink LBT success time indication, or according to the PDCCH order trigger subframe n position and the specific timing relationship n+k relationship.
  • k can be a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or greater than or equal to 4.
  • k is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and the like.
  • the uplink specific subframe position may be the first uplink subframe, or the last partial subframe in the downlink transmission burst (preferably, the PRACH in the format4 format is transmitted in the last subframe of the downlink transmission burst), Or, the second uplink subframe, or the uplink subframe position that the base station and the UE agree in advance or the high layer RRC indicates.
  • the preferred embodiment provides a method of determining PRACH frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission signal must meet the regulatory requirements of at least 80% of the bandwidth.
  • the PRACH frequency domain resources only occupy 6 PRBs and do not meet the bandwidth requirements of the ETSI. Based on this, the PRA supports 6 PRBs in the PRACH frequency domain to be dispersed to the entire bandwidth. Among them, the way in which 6 PRBs are extended to the entire bandwidth is: repeating z times in the frequency domain.
  • the method for determining the frequency domain resource of the PRACH in the LAA includes at least one of the following:
  • Method 1 High-level RRC signaling configures PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location Index, and/or, PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index set, and/or, interval, and/or, repetition number z, and/or, frequency domain repetition number set, and/or, each repetition The number of PRBs or REs included.
  • Method 2 The physical layer DCI signaling explicitly indicates the PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index, and/or, the interval, and/or the repetition number z, and/or the frequency domain repetition number set, and/or , the number of PRBs or REs included in each iteration.
  • Method 3 High-level RRC signaling configuration, and physical layer DCI signaling combined mode.
  • the high-layer RRC configures at least one of the following information: a PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index, and/or, an interval, and/or a repetition number z, and/or a frequency domain repetition number set, and / or, the number of PRBs or REs included in each iteration.
  • the physical layer DCI configures the remaining parameters in the above parameters, and/or indicates to the UE which repetition number of the frequency domain repetition number set is used.
  • the UE may autonomously select a PRACH frequency domain resource starting point in the PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index set, or A PRACH frequency domain resource start point is indicated to the UE or the UE group by physical layer DCI signaling.
  • a method for increasing the probability that a terminal user UE or a group of users receives RAR success is provided.
  • RAR transmission scenarios on unlicensed carriers for example, LAA DC scenarios, or Standalone scenarios. If the RAR can transmit on the unlicensed carrier, it is related to the LBT result on the base station side. This makes the receiving RAR time window size or time window determination manner of the UE specified in the existing protocol may not be suitable for the scenario where the RAR is transmitted on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the UE transmits the Preamble code in the nth subframe, and listens to the RAR response of the base station in the n+3 subframe to the n+3+RA-ResponseWindowSize.
  • the LBT result of the base station side affects the sending of the RAR, in order to improve the RAR transmission opportunity, or increase the success probability of receiving the RAR response by the UE side, at least one of the following may be adopted:
  • Manner 1 Dynamically indicate a new RAR transmission time window on the base station side or a starting point of the RAR time window on the UE side.
  • the new RAR transmission time window on the base station side or the RAR time window length received by the UE side is a new RAR transmission time window of the base station side dynamically indicated by the UE or a length of the RAR time window from the UE side to the length of the n+3 subframe + RA -ResponseWindowSize.
  • 3 of the n+3 formula can be represented by the parameter L.
  • 6 is a schematic diagram of a new RAR transmission time window or a RAR response time window according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, a new RAR transmission time window on the base station side or a RAR time window start point on the UE side is used to transmit the Preamble of the UE.
  • the time domain range in which the RAR is transmitted by the base station side is: the base station starts to transmit the RAR from the start of the subframe n+k to the n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize starting from the subframe n to which the Preamble code is received.
  • the UE side correspondingly transmits the Preamble code in the nth subframe, and listens to the RAR response of the base station in the n+k subframe to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize.
  • the time window for transmitting the RAR for the new base station based on the L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, or the time window for the new UE to receive the RAR. As shown in Figure 6.
  • k, and/or, L, and/or, the base station sends a RAR time window starting point, and/or the time window starting point of the UE receiving the RAR response may be configured through high layer RRC signaling, or through physical layer DCI signaling ( PDCCH order signaling, or UE-specific DCI signaling, or common DCI signaling, or group DCI signaling, or DL grant, or newly designed DCI signaling) notification, or base station and UE in advance Book.
  • the RA-ResponseWindowSize configuration mode may be configured by using the upper layer RRC signaling, or may be configured by the physical layer DCI signaling, or the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • Method 2 Increase the length of the RA-ResponseWindowSize.
  • the RA-ResponseWindowSize can be configured to a maximum of 10ms, and the existing protocol is configured through high-layer RRC signaling.
  • the LAA RA-ResponseWindowSize may be configured by the upper layer RRC signaling, or the physical layer DCI signaling is notified to the UE, or The base station and the UE agree in advance. Among them, LAA RA-ResponseWindowSize has a value range [1, a1]. Where a1 is a positive integer greater than or equal to 10.
  • Mode 3 Add an additional RAR transmission time window, or increase the number of additional RAR transmissions.
  • the LAA follows the RAR response reception time window defined in the existing LTE protocol, or the RAR transmits a time window, but after the RAR transmission or reception time window, an additional RAR transmission time window is added.
  • time domain offset there is a time domain offset between the start of the additional RAR transmission time window and the existing RAR transmission or reception time window.
  • the time domain offset is configured by the upper layer RRC, and/or the physical layer DCI signaling is notified to the UE, or the base station and the UE agree in advance, or the MAC layer signaling configuration.
  • the time domain offset may be 0, or an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the time domain resources transmitted by the RAR in the additional RAR transmission time window may be continuous in the time domain or discrete in the time domain.
  • the time domain offset in the additional RAR transmission time window may be 0, or an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the time domain offset within the additional RAR transmission time window may be configured by the higher layer RRC, and/or the physical layer DCI signaling is notified to the UE, or the base station and the UE agree in advance, or the MAC layer signaling configuration.
  • Mode 4 Configure RAR to have a higher LBT priority level. That is, the LBT mechanism performed by the transmitting RAR is related to the priority. That is, the RAR response has a higher priority level, or has a faster random access mechanism, for example, a 25us LBT Cat2 mechanism, or a DRS-like LBT mechanism, and a priority 1 corresponding LBT parameter, such as The minimum contention window is 0, the maximum contention window is 3, and the Cat4 LBT where n is 0 or 1 in the defer period.
  • the LBT mechanism performed by the transmitting RAR is related to the priority. That is, the RAR response has a higher priority level, or has a faster random access mechanism, for example, a 25us LBT Cat2 mechanism, or a DRS-like LBT mechanism, and a priority 1 corresponding LBT parameter, such as The minimum contention window is 0, the maximum contention window is 3, and the Cat4 LBT where n is 0 or 1 in the defer period.
  • the RAR response of the base station may also be sent on the authorized carrier or on the unlicensed carrier.
  • a method for processing a random access failure to send a Preamble is provided.
  • the method of code power boosting is provided.
  • the random access procedure is considered to be failed because the UE does not receive the RAR response of the base station within the RAR response time window.
  • the UE will boost the power PowerRampingStep to transmit the next Preamble code based on the previous transmit power, in order to increase the probability of successful transmission.
  • the UE is configured in a higher layer RRC, and/or physical layer DCI signaling, and/or a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance, and/or implicitly indicating a PRACH time-frequency for transmitting the Preamble code.
  • the at least one of the domain resource or the time domain resource set or the corresponding PRACH time domain resource in the PRACH time window of the Preamble does not compete for the use rights of the unlicensed carrier, thereby causing the Preamble code to fail.
  • the Preamble code cannot be normally transmitted due to the UE side LBT failure.
  • the UE does not need to raise the power PowerRampingStep for the next attempt to send the Preamble code, and/or does not need to count the Preamble caused by the UE side LBT failure.
  • the number of failed transmissions is accumulated to PreambleTransMax.
  • the UE may inform the MAC layer that the LBT fails, that is, the UE side needs to the MAC layer and/or the RRC layer of the UE and/or the physical layer and/or the base station to the base station.
  • the MAC layer and/or the RRC layer reports or indicates that the current Preamble transmission fails because the LBT on the UE side fails.
  • the UE may send an indication message that the LBT is successful to the base station, so as to distinguish the reason why the UE does not receive the RAR response.
  • the base station and the UE can receive the Preamble code sent by the UE and the RAR response sent by the base station, respectively, as long as the base station or the UE performs the LBT successfully.
  • the MAC layer needs to separately set a counter for the failure or success of the statistical LBT, and/or a counter for the number of times the Preamble code is sent.
  • the UE side Preamble code is successfully sent, but the LBT of the base station side fails, Thereby, the UE does not receive the RAR response of the base station within the corresponding RAR response time window, thereby causing the random access procedure to fail. At this time, the random access fails due to the failure of the LBT on the base station side, and the UE needs to resend the Preamble code. In this case, if the UE needs to increase the power PowerRampingStep to send the next Preamble code according to the LTE technology, this is obviously not the same. reasonable.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the random access fails due to the failure of the LBT on the base station side, without power lifting, or the Preamble is not accumulated. The number of transmissions.
  • the foregoing indication message for indicating the success or failure of the LBT on the UE side, and/or the resource for indicating the indication message of the UE not to raise the power PowerRampingStep may be located on the authorized carrier or may be located on the unlicensed carrier.
  • a contention-based random access method in which a UE or a UE group sends an Msg3 message, and/or a base station sends an Msg4.
  • the difference between the contention-based random access method and the non-contention-based random access method is that the UE receives the RAR response sent by the base station, and acquires the uplink time synchronization and uplink resources.
  • the RAR response cannot be determined to be the transmitting UE. Instead of sending it to other UEs. Since the preamble Preamble code of the UE is randomly selected from the common resources in the contention-based random access procedure, there is a possibility that different UEs transmit the same Preamble code on the same time-frequency domain resource, so that the phase is At the same time, the UE on the frequency domain resource receives the same RAR response through the same RA-RNTI. Moreover, the UE does not know whether other UEs are using the same time-frequency domain resources for random access. Therefore, the UE needs to resolve random access collisions through subsequent Msg3 and Msg4 messages.
  • the Msg2 message may also carry the time domain subframe position of the Msg3 message, and/or send a time domain subframe position set of the Msg3 message, and/or a time window for transmitting the Msg3 message, and/or an offset of the time domain resource of the initial transmission Msg3 message within the time window in which the Msg3 message is sent, and/or The time domain resource interval for transmitting the Msg3 message in the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message, and/or the number of times the Msg3 message is sent, and/or the number of time domain resources for transmitting the Msg3 message, and/or the timing of transmitting the Msg3 message Relationship value.
  • Manner 2 Determine a time domain resource for sending an Msg3 message by using a specific timing relationship, or a time domain resource set of the Msg3 message.
  • the time domain resource location of the Msg3 message is determined by the subframe n receiving the RAR signaling, and the time domain resource location for transmitting the Msg3 message is determined according to the n+k1 timing relationship. Where k1 is greater than or equal to 6.
  • the LAA is an opportunistic transmission. Therefore, in order to improve the random access efficiency on the unlicensed carrier, the UE may determine the time domain resource location for transmitting the Msg3 message according to the new timing relationship, and/or transmit the time domain subframe of the Msg3 message. A collection of locations, and/or a time window for sending Msg3 messages. Among them, the new timing relationship is n+k2. Wherein k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or a value greater than or equal to 4, preferably, k2 is 1, and/or, 2, and/or, 3, and/or, 4, and/or 5, and / or, 6, and / or, 7.
  • the k2 in the new timing relationship may be configured by higher layer RRC signaling, and/or by physical layer DCI signaling, and/or in a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance, and/or bound to the Msg3 message. For example, once Msg3 is sent, its corresponding timing relationship is n+k2. Where n is a subframe in which the UE receives the RAR response.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the Msg3 in the transmission time window of the Msg3 message may be continuous or discrete.
  • each subframe within the transmission time window of the Msg3 message can be used to send an Msg3 message.
  • the Msg4 message also adopts a method of configuring the Msg4 transmission time window, or a method of increasing the counter duration to increase the probability of success of transmitting the Msg4 message on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the LBT priority corresponding to the Msg4 message sent by the base station side can also be improved.
  • At least one of Msg1, Msg2, Msg3, and Msg4 in the preferred embodiment of the present invention may The transmission is performed on an unlicensed carrier or on an authorized carrier. Before the Msg message is transmitted on the unlicensed carrier, the LBT mechanism needs to be used to obtain the right to use the unlicensed carrier. Only when the right to use the unlicensed carrier is obtained, the Msg message can be sent on the resource on the unlicensed carrier. send.
  • different Msg messages in a random access procedure are provided, and/or different PRACH formats correspond to different LBT priority level methods.
  • the Msg messages included in the RA process include: Msg0, Msg1, and Msg2.
  • the Msg messages included in the RA process include: Msg1, Msg2, Msg3, and Msg4.
  • the PRACH format includes: Format 0, Format 1, Format 2, Format 3, Format 4, and New Format.
  • the new format PRACH time domain is less than a certain subframe length (one subframe equals 12 or 14 OFDM symbols), and is larger than one symbol.
  • the specific subframe length is one subframe length, and may be longer than three subframe lengths.
  • the time domain structure of the new PRACH format follows the structure of the CP+Preamble+GT in the prior art, and the different lengths of the Preamble are different.
  • the lengths of the CP and GT time domains are different from the corresponding CP and GT time domain lengths in the prior art.
  • different Msg messages, and/or different PRACH formats correspond to LBT priority levels.
  • the priority levels are divided according to the PRACH format.
  • the priority order is:
  • the priority order is only listed, and any priority order of the different PRACH formats is also applicable to different LBT priority methods corresponding to different PRACH formats proposed by the present invention.
  • the priority order is:
  • the Msg0 is a message indicating the Preamble and/or the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource sent by the UE, and/or signaling. For example, physical layer PDCCH order signaling.
  • Msg1 is a message that the UE sends a Preamble to the base station.
  • Msg2 is an RAR response message sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the Msg3 message is a request message sent by the UE to the base station, and the like.
  • the Msg4 message is a contention resolution result message sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the priority order is only a part of the list, and the preferred order of the different Msg messages independently or in any combination is also applicable to the different Msg messages corresponding to the present invention. LBT priority method.
  • the competition window of the corresponding LBT Cat4 increases in turn, and/or the transmission duration increases or decreases or remains unchanged.
  • LBT modes include: LBT Cat2, LBT Cat4.
  • the CCA detection time in LBT Cat2 can be 16us, 25us, 34us, 43us.
  • the values in the table are only schematic values, but the values of the parameters are not limited to the values shown in the table.
  • the first Msg message (for example, the Msg1 message) may adopt the Cat4 LBT mechanism
  • the second Msg message (for example, Msg3) may adopt the first Msg.
  • the message is more streamlined with the LBT mechanism (for example, Cat2 LBT), or with LBT parameter parameters that are easier to access the channel, for example, a shorter contention window. If the Msg message is sent for the first time, the Msg message cannot be sent because the LBT fails for the first time. When the Msg message is sent again for the second time, the same LBT mechanism and parameters as the previous time can be used, or the time is shorter.
  • the competition window or, using a faster LBT mechanism, such as Cat2 LBT.
  • the LBT mechanism or parameter method adopted by the base station side and the Msg message sent by the UE side is also applicable to the Msg message sent by the base station side.
  • the MCG carrier and the SCG carrier also correspond to different LBT priorities, or different carriers within the same MCG carrier or SCG carrier may also correspond to different LBT priorities.
  • the preferred embodiment presents a non-contention based random access procedure. This example is also applicable to the handover process, the downlink data arrival and location of the UE, etc., in addition to adapting to the LAA scenario, also applicable to the LAA DC scenario, and the Standalone scenario.
  • the steps of the non-contention random access procedure are as follows:
  • Step 1 The terminal UE acquires a Preamble code, and/or PRACH time domain and/or frequency domain resource information.
  • the Preamble code and/or the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource are all configured by the base station for the UE, and the PDCCH order is adopted.
  • the terminal UE acquires the Preamble, and/or the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resources may pass physical layer signaling, and/or, high layer RRC signaling, and / or, MAC signaling, and / or, can be obtained by a combination of the above signaling.
  • the physical layer signaling includes: UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling; group DCI signaling; DL grant signaling; and the combination of the foregoing signaling may be adopted.
  • additional PRACH time domain resources, and/or PRACH time window length, and/or starting PRACH time domain resources, and/or PRACH time domain resource size, and/or PRACH time domain resource spacing And/or, the number of PRACH resources, and/or the pattern of the PRACH time domain resource, and/or the PRACH frequency domain PRB start point, and/or the PRACH frequency domain repetition number may be signaled by the physical layer, and/or The upper layer RRC signaling, and/or MAC signaling, and/or may be obtained by a combination of the above signaling.
  • the physical layer signaling includes: UE-specific DCI signaling; common DCI signaling; group DCI signaling; DL grant signaling; and the combination of the foregoing signaling may be adopted.
  • the base station notifies the UE Preamble code, and/or, the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource
  • the source may be sent on an unlicensed carrier and/or sent on an authorized carrier.
  • the base station Before transmitting the Preamble code on the unlicensed carrier, and/or before the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource, the base station performs an LBT (Listen Before Talk) mechanism to acquire the use right of the unlicensed carrier.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the base station may send the notification signaling to the UE on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the base station may not use the unlicensed carrier to send the foregoing notification signaling to the UE.
  • the base station employs LBT Cat4. Further, parameters such as the contention window size used by Cat4 may correspond to the priority level.
  • the base station sends a Preamble code to the UE, and/or the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource information (denoted as Msg0) corresponds to the priority level 3, that is, corresponds to the LBT Cat4, and the minimum contention window is 15, and the maximum contention window is 63, n in the defer period is 3, and the transmission duration is 8.
  • Msg0 the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource information
  • faster Cat4 parameters can be further employed, for example, a minimum contention window of 7, a maximum contention window 15, an n of 1 in the defer period, and a transmission duration of 3 ms.
  • the defer period consists of a fixed CCA duration plus n slots.
  • the fixed CCA duration is 16 us and the slot is 9 us.
  • the PRACH time domain resource may be a subframe level or a symbol level.
  • the subframe-level PRACH time domain resource includes: one subframe, or two subframes, or three subframes, or more than three subframes.
  • the symbol level PRACH time domain resource includes: two symbols, or one symbol, or, more than two symbols.
  • the PRACH format includes: format0, format1, format2, format3, and format4.
  • Step 2 The terminal UE sends the Preamble code on the available PRACH resources.
  • the LBT After the terminal UE receives the Preamble code sent by the base station, and/or the PRACH time domain and/or the frequency domain resource, the LBT needs to perform the use right of the unlicensed carrier before the corresponding PRACH time domain resource.
  • the LBT mechanism can use the CCA to detect the Catus LBT mechanism with a duration of 25 us, or use the Cat4 LBT.
  • the specific contention window size and other parameters can be determined according to the priority level corresponding to the Msg1, for example, the priority level 2, the corresponding minimum contention window. 1, the maximum competition window 3, n in the defer period is 0.
  • the process of transmitting the Preamble by the UE on the frequency domain resource of the PRACH is recorded as an Msg1 message.
  • Step 3 The terminal UE receives the RAR sent by the base station in the corresponding RAR receiving time window. response. A detailed description of the time window in which the UE receives the RAR is shown in the preferred embodiment 4.
  • Step 4 The terminal UE sends an indication message when the RAR is not received.
  • the indication message is used to notify the MAC that power lifting is not performed, that is, power ramping is not performed. For details, see the method in the preferred embodiment 5.
  • the message may be transmitted on the unlicensed carrier carrier and/or transmitted on the authorized carrier based on the non-contention random access procedure.
  • Method 1 A group of UEs are configured with the same Preamble Index.
  • the group of UEs may be UEs in the TAG group.
  • the division of the TAG group may be divided according to the distance between the base station and the base station, and/or re-divided according to the TA value reported by the UE in a period of time, and/or according to the TA value reported by the UE last time. Division and so on.
  • Method 2 Extend the number of Preambles used for non-contention random access.
  • the number of Preamble codes for random access for contention is reduced, and the reduced Preamble code for the random access case triggered by the downlink data arrival event is used.
  • the RRC layer reconfigures the LAA number of RA-Preambles, the number of which is less than 52.
  • the number of Preambles for non-contention random access may also be changed, for example, the number of Preamble codes for non-contention random access for switching scenarios is reduced, and the reduced Preamble is used for triggering downlink data arrival events. Preamble code for random access.
  • Method 3 Increase the number of Preambles available in the cell.
  • the new Preamble is used for non-competitive random access.
  • the number of Preambles for non-contention random access is re-divided based on the number of available Preambles in the new cell.
  • the number of Preamble codes used for the random access procedure is increased, and the increased number is used for non-contention random access; the total number of preambles can be reallocated after the number of Preamble codes is increased, and the random connection for contention is reallocated.
  • the Preamble code for incoming and the Preamble code for non-contention random access may be larger than the Preamble code for non-contention random access in the related art.
  • Method 1 The PRACH time domain resource is configured through the upper layer RRC.
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configures the PRACH time domain location pattern.
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configures a period in which the PRACH time domain resource appears, or a period set, and/or an offset of the PRACH time domain position in the period.
  • the higher layer RRC signaling configuration indicates a PRACH time domain resource location or a set index.
  • a corresponding table of different uplink transmission durations and PRACH time domain resource locations is defined in advance.
  • the upper layer RRC only configures the configuration index value in the table.
  • the higher layer RRC configures the length of the time window for transmitting the PRACH, and/or the starting PRACH time domain position within the time window, and/or the interval.
  • the time window in which the Preamble time window is sent, or the time window of the PRACH time domain resource may be effective immediately after the RRC configuration is configured, or the high layer RRC is only configured, but does not take effect immediately, and the validity is related to the physical layer DCI signaling, or
  • the implicit method takes effect.
  • the implicit mode includes: a downlink transmission end subframe, or a UE LBT success time, or the first uplink subframe implicitly makes it effective.
  • Method 2 Physical layer DCI signaling is explicitly notified. The upper layer does not configure the PRACH time domain resource information.
  • the first physical layer DCI signaling is used to explicitly indicate the PRACH time domain resource location index, and/or the PRACH time domain resource location index set, and/or the PRACH time window, and/or the time window PRACH time domain resource The starting location index, and/or the PRACH time domain resource interval in the time window, and/or the number of PRACH time domain resources in the time window.
  • At least one of the PRACH time domain resources is enabled to be enabled by secondary physical layer DCI signaling.
  • Method 3 According to the combination of high-level RRC configuration and physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the upper layer RRC signaling configuration, and the physical layer DCI triggers its high-level RRC configuration to take effect in the same manner as in the first method.
  • Method 4 The implicit mode indicates the PRACH time domain resource location, or the PRACH time domain resource location set, or the PRACH time window, or the PRACH time domain resource start location, or the PRACH time domain resource interval.
  • Method 1 The upper layer RRC signaling configures the PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index, and/or the PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index set, and/or, the interval, and/or the repetition number z And/or, the set of frequency domain repetitions, and/or the number of PRBs or REs included in each iteration.
  • Method 2 The physical layer DCI signaling explicitly indicates the PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index, and/or, the interval, and/or the repetition number z, and/or the frequency domain repetition number set, and/or , the number of PRBs or REs included in each iteration.
  • Method 3 High-level RRC signaling configuration, and physical layer DCI signaling combined mode.
  • the high-layer RRC configures at least one of the following information: a PRACH frequency domain resource starting PRB or RE location index, and/or, an interval, and/or a repetition number z, and/or a frequency domain repetition number set, and / or, the number of PRBs or REs included in each iteration.
  • the physical layer DCI configures the remaining parameters in the above parameters, and/or indicates to the UE which repetition number of the frequency domain repetition number set is used.
  • the UE transmits the Preamble code in the nth subframe, and listens to the RAR response of the base station in the end of the n subframe to n+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize.
  • the UE sends an indication message to the MAC when the base station performs the LBT failure or the random access fails due to the UE performing the LBT failure.
  • the indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power PowerRampingStep when the next attempt to send the Preamble code, and/or does not count the number of Preamble transmission failures caused by the UE side LBT failure to be accumulated to the PreambleTransMax.
  • the timing relationship value of the Msg3 message is sent.
  • the method according to the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, can also be through hardware, but many In the case of the former is a better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk,
  • the optical disc includes a number of instructions for causing a terminal device (which may be a cell phone, a computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • a random access device and a user equipment are also provided, which are used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and are not described again.
  • the term "module” may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the device includes: a first determining module 72 and a first transmitting module 74, which will be described below.
  • the first determining module 72 is configured to determine an LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the LBT mechanism, and/or an LBT priority of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the PRACH format of the different physical random access channels.
  • the first sending module 74 is connected to the first determining module 72, and is configured to perform the LBT mechanism successfully after the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH format. For random access to individual messages.
  • the LBT priority level order corresponding to each message sent in the random access procedure may include one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0; Msg2 >Msg1>Msg0;Msg2>Msg0>Msg1;Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4;Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3;Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4;Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2;Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3 ; Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg3 ; Msg1>Msg4>Msg
  • the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs may include: a third preamble set for contention for contention; a fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; The third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased or decreased by reducing or increasing the number of the third preamble set; or, the number of the second preamble set is expanded.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased by adding the number of newly added preambles in the second preamble set to the fourth preamble set, and the number of the third preamble is unchanged;
  • the number of the third preamble set is configured by signaling according to the application scenario, and/or the number of the fourth preamble set; wherein the signaling includes: the upper layer RRC Signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the device includes: a second determining module 82, in addition to all the modules shown in FIG. The second determining module 82 is described.
  • a second determining module 82 connected to the first sending module 74, configured to pass At least one of the following parameters, determining a time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a PRACH time domain location pattern; a period or a period set of the PRACH time domain resource occurrence; an offset of the PRACH time domain location within the period; and a PRACH time window start Location; period of PRACH time window; PRACH time window length; time domain resource start position in PRACH time window; time domain resource interval in PRACH time window; time domain resource end position in PRACH time window; PRACH time window time domain The number of resources.
  • the second determining module 82 is further configured to determine, by at least one of the following manners, a time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1 or a parameter for determining the time domain resource: the RRC signaling configuration is controlled by the high layer radio link. Mode; a mode of signaling through the physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; a combination of a higher layer RRC signaling configuration and a physical layer DCI signaling notification; by a predetermined implicit manner.
  • the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring a PRACH time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling, by using the second DCI
  • the signaling triggers the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter enabling for determining the time domain resource.
  • the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the high layer RRC signaling
  • the configured PRACH time domain resource or candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource is triggered by DCI signaling.
  • the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource at at least one of: a downlink transmission burst end position a position determined according to a predetermined timing relationship between the subframe n and the n transmitted by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; an uplink predetermined subframe position; an uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; and an uplink transmission burst Uplink specific subframe; uplink transmission burst; uplink execution first listens to the subframe position that the LBT mechanism successfully corresponds.
  • the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a physical downlink control channel The subframe position of the subframe transmitted by the PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of the second determining module 82 in the random access device according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second determining module 82 includes a first determining unit 92, and the first determining unit is 92 for explanation.
  • the first determining unit 92 is configured to determine k in at least one of the following manners: a manner in which the physical layer DCI signaling is notified, a manner in which the high layer RRC signaling is notified, and a manner in which the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of the following: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, a first uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, a second uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, and an uplink.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the device includes a third determining module 102, in addition to the structure shown in FIG. The third determination module 102 is described.
  • the third determining module 102 is connected to the first sending module 74, and is configured to determine, by using at least one of the following manners, a frequency domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by using a high-layer radio link; Downlink control information DCI signaling notification mode; a combination of high-layer RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification.
  • the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource comprises at least one of: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index set; a frequency domain Interval; frequency domain repetition number z; frequency domain repetition number set; number of PRBs and/or RE number included in frequency domain repetition.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram 3 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the device includes an execution module 112 and a second sending module 114, in addition to all the structures shown in FIG. The device will be described below.
  • the execution module 112 is configured to perform the LBT mechanism after the listener is sent before sending the Mgs1;
  • the second sending module 114 is connected to the foregoing executing module 112, and is configured to send a first indication message to the base station when the LBT mechanism is successfully executed, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE performs LBT success or failure; or If the LBT mechanism fails, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the device includes: an expansion module 122 and a first receiving module 124, in addition to all the structures shown in FIG. The device will be described below.
  • the expansion module 122 is connected to the first sending module 122, and is configured to expand the predetermined time window for receiving the Mgs2 by the UE to obtain an extended time window.
  • the first receiving module 124 is connected to the expansion module 122 and is set to be in the extended time window. Receive Mgs2.
  • the expansion module 122 is further configured to: extend, by at least one of the following manners, the UE to receive the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window: receive the Mgs2 by receiving the time start of the Mgs2 by dynamically indicating that the UE receives the time start of the Mgs2.
  • the predetermined time window is expanded, and the obtained extended time window is n+k subframe to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is a subframe in which the UE transmits the Mgs1, and n+k is a time starting point at which the UE receives the Mgs2.
  • RA-ResponseWindowSize is the window length of the predetermined time window; by increasing the window length of the predetermined time window, the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 receiving Mgs2 is expanded to obtain an extended time window; by adding additional for receiving The time window of Mgs2 is extended to obtain a time window for the Mgs2 receiving the predetermined time window of Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window. By adding an additional number of times for receiving the Mgs2, the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 receiving Mgs2 is expanded to obtain an extended time window.
  • L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram 5 of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the device includes: a third transmitting module, in addition to all the structures shown in FIG. 132. The module will be described below.
  • the third sending module 132 is connected to the first sending module 74, and is configured to send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the UE does not receive the Mgs2, where the third indication message is used to indicate the UE.
  • the power of the transmitting preamble is not raised or the MAC layer is not subjected to the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a random access device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the device includes: second receiving module 142, in addition to all the structures shown in FIG. This module is described.
  • the second receiving module 142 is connected to the first sending module 74, and is configured to receive the Mgs2 from the base station after transmitting the Mgs1 to the base station, where the Mgs2 carries the timing advance TA, the uplink grant UL grant, and the preamble index.
  • the temporary cell access network temporarily identifies the TC-RNTI.
  • the Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain subframe position set for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a time window for transmitting the Msg3 message.
  • the time domain resource and the offset of the initial transmission of the Msg3 message; the time domain resource interval for transmitting the Msg3 message in the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; the number of times the Msg3 message is sent; the number of time domain resources for transmitting the Msg3 message; and the UE receiving the base station The predetermined timing relationship value between the time-frequency domain resource of the transmitted Mgs2 and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE.
  • the predetermined timing relationship value between the UE receiving the time-frequency domain resource that the base station sends the Mgs2 and the time domain resource that the UE sends the Msg3 message includes:
  • k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or k2 is a value greater than or equal to 4.
  • the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format3, format 4, and the new format is new format
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0> Format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the above modules are in any combination.
  • the forms are located in different processors.
  • Embodiments of the present invention also provide a storage medium.
  • the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • S2 Send the message for random access after the LBT mechanism succeeds, by determining the LBT priority level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH format.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the LBT priority level sequence corresponding to each message sent in the random access process includes one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1; Msg1>Msg0>Msg2; Msg1>Msg2>Msg0; Msg2>Msg1 >Msg0;Msg2>Msg0>Msg1;Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4;Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3;Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4;Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2;Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2;Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2;M
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the preamble set to which the preamble sent in the Msg1 message belongs includes:
  • the third preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the number of the second preamble set is unchanged, increase or decrease the number of the fourth preamble set by reducing or increasing the number of the third preamble set; or, obtain the first number in the second preamble set.
  • the number of the fourth preamble set is increased by adding the number of newly added preambles in the second preamble set to the fourth preamble set, and the number of the third preamble is unchanged;
  • the number of the third preamble set is configured by signaling according to the application scenario, and/or the number of the fourth preamble set; wherein the signaling includes: RRC signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • a time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1 a PRACH time domain location pattern; a period or a period set of the PRACH time domain resource occurrence; an offset of the PRACH time domain location in the period; and a PRACH time Window start position; week of PRACH time window Period; PRACH time window length; time domain resource start position in PRACH time window; time domain resource interval in PRACH time window; time domain resource end position in PRACH time window; number of time domain resources in PRACH time window.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • a mode for controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link a mode for controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high layer radio link
  • a downlink layer control information DCI signaling by using a physical layer The manner of notification; the combination of high-layer RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification; by predetermined implicit mode.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the physical layer DCI signaling manner includes: configuring a PRACH time domain resource or a candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the first physical layer DCI signaling, and adopting the second DCI letter.
  • the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource that triggers the configuration or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource is enabled.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the combination of the high-layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource by using the high layer RRC signaling, The configured PRACH time domain resource or candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource is triggered by DCI signaling.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter for determining the time domain resource at at least one of the following positions: a downlink transmission burst end position; a position determined according to a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; an uplink predetermined subframe position; an uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; and an uplink transmission burst Uplink specific subframe; uplink transmission burst; uplink execution first listens to the subframe position that the LBT mechanism successfully corresponds.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a subframe position of a subframe transmitted by the physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • S1,k is determined by at least one of the following manners: a physical layer DCI signaling manner, a high layer RRC signaling notification manner, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of the following: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, a first uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, a second uplink subframe in an uplink transmission burst, and an uplink transmission.
  • the sub-frame index is an even-numbered uplink subframe
  • the uplink transmission burst has an odd-numbered uplink subframe
  • the base station and the user equipment have previously agreed uplink subframes.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the parameter for determining the frequency domain resource includes at least one of the following: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index; a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location index set; and a frequency domain interval.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the LBT mechanism fails to be executed, sending a second indication message to the base station, where The second indication message is used to indicate that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • a predetermined time window for receiving the Mgs2 by the UE to obtain an extended time window expanding the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 by the UE by dynamically indicating that the UE receives the time start of the Mgs2, and obtaining the extended
  • the time window is n+k subframe to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is the subframe in which the UE transmits the Mgs1, n+k is the time starting point for the UE to receive the Mgs2, and L is the predetermined time length, RA-ResponseWindowSize
  • the window length of the predetermined time window expanding the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 receiving Mgs2 by adding the window length of the predetermined time window to obtain an extended time window; and adding the additional time window for receiving the Mgs2 to the Mgs2
  • the predetermined time window of receiving the Mgs2 is extended to obtain an extended time window
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • S1, L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling, and a manner agreed by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the UE does not receive the Mgs2, send a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the third indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the sending preamble or that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter. Accumulate operation.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain subframe position set for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a time window for sending the Msg3 message
  • the time domain resource and the offset of the Msg3 message are sent; the time domain resource interval of the Msg3 message is sent in the time window for sending the Msg3 message; the number of times the Msg3 message is sent; the number of time domain resources for transmitting the Msg3 message; and the UE receives the base station to send
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the predetermined timing relationship value between the UE receiving the time-frequency domain resource of the Ms2 and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE includes: n+k2, where k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or k2 is greater than or equal to The value of 4.
  • the storage medium is further arranged to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • the format of the PRACH format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format 3, format 4, and the new format is new format.
  • the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0> Format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2 >format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3;format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3 >new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2
  • the foregoing storage medium may include, but not limited to, a USB flash drive, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a mobile hard disk, and a magnetic memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, determining that the LBT priority level corresponding to the LBT mechanism is performed after the respective messages are sent in the random access process, and/or different The LBT priority level of the LBT mechanism corresponding to the PRACH format of the physical random access channel; the LBT mechanism level corresponding to each message and/or the LBT priority level corresponding to the different PRACH format are determined, and the LBT mechanism is successfully sent and then used for randomization. Access to individual messages.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, the LBT priority level sequence corresponding to each message sent in the random access process includes one of the following: Msg0>Msg1>Msg2; Msg0>Msg2>Msg1;Msg1>Msg0>Msg2;Msg1>Msg2>Msg0;Msg2>Msg1>Msg0;Msg2>Msg0>Msg1;Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4;Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3;Msg1>Msg3> Msg2>Msg4;Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2;Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3; Msg1>Msg4>
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium.
  • the preamble set to which the preamble transmitted in the Msg1 message belongs includes: a third preamble set for random access for contention; a fourth preamble set for non-contention random access; wherein, the third The preamble set and the fourth preamble set form a second preamble set.
  • the storage medium is further configured to store program code for performing the following steps: increasing or decreasing the fourth preamble by reducing or increasing the number of third preamble sets in a case where the number of second preamble sets is constant The number of code sets; or, by expanding the number of second preamble sets to obtain the first preamble set, increasing the number of newly added preambles in the second preamble set to the fourth preamble set, increasing the number The number of the four preamble sets is unchanged, and the number of the third preambles is unchanged.
  • the number of the third preamble set is configured by signaling according to the application scenario, and/or, The fourth preamble set number; wherein the signaling includes: high layer RRC signaling, or physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, determining, by using at least one of the following parameters, a time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a PRACH time domain location pattern; and a PRACH time domain resource.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, determining, by at least one of the following manners, a time domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1 or a parameter for determining the time domain resource: High-level radio link control RRC signaling configuration mode; physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling notification mode; high-layer RRC signaling configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification combined mode; through predetermined implicit mode.
  • the processor performs: the physical layer DCI signaling notification according to the stored program code in the storage medium, where the PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH is configured by using the first physical layer DCI signaling.
  • the domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or candidate PRACH by using the second DCI signaling
  • a time domain resource or the parameter enabling for determining the time domain resource is enabled.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, the combination of the high layer RRC signaling configuration and the physical layer DCI signaling notification includes: configuring the PRACH time domain by using high layer RRC signaling. a resource or candidate PRACH time domain resource or the parameter used to determine the time domain resource, triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or the determining the time domain resource by DCI signaling The parameter is enabled.
  • the processor is executed according to the stored program code in the storage medium: the predetermined implicit manner includes: triggering the configured PRACH time domain resource or the candidate PRACH time domain resource or at least one of the following locations: The parameter enabling for determining the time domain resource: a downlink transmission burst end position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by a physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; The predetermined subframe position; the uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission burst; the uplink specific subframe in the uplink transmission burst; the uplink transmission burst; the uplink performs the subframe position after the first listening and the LBT mechanism succeeds.
  • the parameter enabling for determining the time domain resource a downlink transmission burst end position; a position determined by a predetermined timing relationship between subframes n and n transmitted by a physical downlink control channel PDCCH order order; The predetermined subframe position; the uplink predetermined subframe position after the downlink transmission bur
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium: the predetermined timing relationship includes: n+k, where n is a subframe of the subframe sent by the physical downlink control channel sequence PDCCH order Position, k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, or k is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium: k is determined by at least one of the following manners: a manner of physical layer DCI signaling notification, a manner of high-layer RRC signaling notification, and a base station. A way agreed in advance with the UE.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, that the uplink predetermined subframe position includes at least one of: a first uplink subframe, a second uplink subframe, and an uplink transmission.
  • the first uplink subframe in the burst, the second uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst, the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an even uplink subframe, and the uplink subframe in the uplink transmission burst is an odd uplink subframe, the base station and the user The uplink subframe agreed by the device in advance.
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium.
  • Line determining, by at least one of the following methods, a frequency domain resource for transmitting the Mgs1: a manner of controlling RRC signaling configuration by a high-layer radio link; a mode of signaling through a physical layer downlink control information DCI signaling; and a high-layer RRC signaling A combination of configuration and physical layer DCI signaling notification.
  • the processor is executed according to the stored program code in the storage medium: the parameter used for determining the frequency domain resource includes at least one of the following: a frequency domain starting physical resource block PRB or a resource unit RE location Index; frequency domain start physical resource block PRB or resource unit RE location index set; frequency domain interval; frequency domain repetition number z; frequency domain repetition number set; number of PRBs and/or RE number included in frequency domain repetition.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, performing an LBT mechanism before the Mgs1 is sent, and sending the first indication to the base station if the LBT mechanism is successful. a message, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE performs the LBT success or failure; or, in the case that the LBT mechanism fails to be performed, the second indication message is sent to the base station, where the second indication message is used to indicate that the MAC layer does not perform
  • the PreambleTransMax counter accumulates operations.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, expanding the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window; and receiving the Mgs2 in the extended time window.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, expanding, by using at least one of the following manner, the UE to receive the predetermined time window of the Mgs2 to obtain an extended time window: receiving the UE by dynamically indicating The time starting point of the Mgs2 is extended to the predetermined time window in which the UE receives the Mgs2, and the obtained extended time window is n+k subframe to n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize, where n is the subframe in which the UE transmits the Mgs1.
  • n+k is the time starting point for the UE to receive the Mgs2
  • L is the predetermined time length
  • the RA-ResponseWindowSize is the window length of the predetermined time window
  • the predetermined time window for receiving the Mgs2 by the Mgs2 is expanded by increasing the window length of the predetermined time window.
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium: L, k, and RA-ResponseWindowSize are obtained by at least one of the following methods: high-level radio link control RRC signaling, physical layer Downlink control information DCI signaling, a manner in which the base station and the UE pre-agreed.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, if the UE does not receive the Mgs2, sends a third indication message to the medium access control layer MAC, where the third The indication message is used to indicate that the UE does not raise the power of the transmitting preamble or that the MAC layer does not perform the PreambleTransMax counter accumulation operation.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, after receiving the Mgs1 to the base station, receiving the Mgs2 from the base station, where the Mgs2 carries the timing advance TA, the uplink authorization UL grant, preamble index, temporary cell access network temporary identifier TC-RNTI.
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium: the Mgs2 further carries at least one of the following information: a time domain subframe position for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a time domain for sending the Msg3 message.
  • a set of subframe positions a time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; a time domain resource and an offset of the initial transmission Msg3 message in the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message; and a time domain resource interval for transmitting the Msg3 message within the time window for transmitting the Msg3 message;
  • the number of times the Msg3 message is sent the number of time domain resources for transmitting the Msg3 message; the UE receives the predetermined timing relationship value between the time-frequency domain resource of the Mgs2 sent by the base station and the time domain resource of the Msg3 message sent by the UE.
  • the processor performs, according to the stored program code in the storage medium, that the UE receives a predetermined timing relationship value between the time-frequency domain resource that the base station sends the Mgs2 and the time domain resource that the UE sends the Msg3 message. Including: n+k2, where k2 is a value greater than or equal to 1, or k2 is a value greater than or equal to 4.
  • the processor executes according to the stored program code in the storage medium: the PRACH format format includes: format 0, format 1, format 2, format 3, format 4.
  • the new format new format is scheduled, and the LBT priority level order of the LBT mechanism corresponding to different PRACH formats includes at least one of the following: format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format;format 0>format 1>format2 and / Or format3>format4>new format;format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3; Format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3; Format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3; Format 0>format4>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2 and/or format3>new format;format4>new format>format
  • modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein.
  • the steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module.
  • the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the technical solution provided by the foregoing embodiments of the present invention can be applied to the random access process, and the LBT mechanism is used to perform random access according to the correspondence between different Msg messages and/or the PRACH format format and the LBT priority.
  • the UE needs to be randomly connected. Into the problem of optimization, to achieve optimized random access, improve the success rate of random access.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供了一种随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质，其中，该方法包括：确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息，通过本发明，解决了相关技术中需要对UE进行随机接入进行优化的问题，达到优化随机接入，提高随机接入成功率的效果。

Description

随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域，具体而言，涉及一种随机接入方法、装置及用户设备(User Equipment，简称为UE)、存储介质。
背景技术
随着数据业务的快速增长，授权频谱的载波上承受的数据传输压力也越来越大。因此，通过非授权频谱的载波来分担授权载波中的数据流量成为后续长期演进(Long Term Evolution，简称为LTE)发展的一个重要的演进方向。其中：非授权频谱具有如下特征：免费/低费用；准入要求低，成本低；可用带宽大；资源共享；等等。
在授权协助接入(Licensed Assisted Access，简称为LAA)的标准化研究过程中，随机接入过程作为一个重要的议题正在研究。在LAA Scell(主小区)上引入随机接入过程的目的：针对PCell(辅小区)和SCell非共站址场景，SCell和PCell不在相同的时间提前量组(Time Advance Group，简称为TAG)。其中，由于SCell和PCell经历不同的路径导致不同的时间提前量(Time Advance，简称为TA)值。基于此，在SCell上支持随机接入已成为一个必选项。
结合LAA的特征，上行或下行的业务量不同，从而使得LAA系统没有固定的上行/下行子帧数目。除此之外，LAA中还引入了先听后说LBT机制，使得相关技术中半静态配置的物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel，简称为PRACH)时域资源和/或频域资源不再适用于LAA场景。
由LAA特征和相关技术中随机接入过程技术结合而延伸出的问题，还包括：相关技术中有PDCCH order在子帧n上触发随机接入过程，UE按照特定的n+k(k≥6)定时关系之后第一个PRACH资源上发送Preamble。 显然，在动态的上下行子帧结构下，沿用相关技术中的定时关系可能使得UE迟迟等不到可用的PRACH资源，从而提升了接入时延。除此此外，可用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目也不满足多个UE同时需要随机接入场景。
因此，基于LAA的场景特征，存在需要对UE进行随机接入进行优化的问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供了一种随机接入方法、装置及用户设备UE、存储介质，以至少解决相关技术中需要对UE进行随机接入进行优化的问题。
根据本发明的一个实施例，提供了一种随机接入方法方法，包括：确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
优选地，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1； Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送所述前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于所述UE向所述基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于所述基站向所述UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于所述UE向所述基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于所述基站向所述UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
优选地，所述Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，所述第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
优选地，在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将所述第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到所述第四前导码集合中方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，所述第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，所述信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
优选地，通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
优选地，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资 源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
优选地，所述物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的所述PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过所述高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过所述DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，所述预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
优选地，所述预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
优选地，所述k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，所述上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第 二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
优选地，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
优选地，用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
优选地，在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
优选地，对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。
优选地，通过以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述 Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
优选地，L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
优选地，在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2，其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
优选地，所述Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
优选地，所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
优选地，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
根据本发明的另一方面，提供了一种随机接入装置，包括：第一确定模块，用于确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；第一发送模块，用于通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
优选地，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送所述前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于所述UE向所述基站发送前导码 的消息，Mgs2为用于所述基站向所述UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于所述UE向所述基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于所述基站向所述UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
优选地，所述Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，所述第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
优选地，在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将所述第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到所述第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，所述第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，所述信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
优选地，该装置还包括：第二确定模块，设置为通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
优选地，所述第二确定模块，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，确定设置为发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
优选地，所述物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的所述PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过所述高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过所述DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，所述预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
优选地，所述预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
优选地，所述第二确定模块包括：第一确定单元，设置为通过以下方式至少之一确定所述k：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，所述上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
优选地，该装置还包括：第三确定模块，设置为通过以下方式至少之 一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
优选地，用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
优选地，该装置还包括：执行模块，设置为在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；第二发送模块，设置为在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
优选地，该装置还包括：扩展模块，设置为对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；第一接收模块，设置为在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。
优选地，所述扩展模块，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2 接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
优选地，L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，该装置还包括：第三发送模块，设置为在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
优选地，该装置还包括：第二接收模块，设置为在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2，其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
优选地，所述Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
优选地，所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：
n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
优选地，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
根据本发明的还一方面，提供了一种用户设备UE，包括上述任一项所述的装置。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1； Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送所述前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于所述UE向所述基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于所述基站向所述UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于所述UE向所述基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于所述基站向所述UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，所述第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将所述第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到所述第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，所述第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，所述信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：通过 以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的所述PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过所述高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过所述DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：通过 以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2，其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3 消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
通过本发明实施例，根据不同Msg消息和/或PRACH format格式与LBT优先级之间的对应关系，来执行LBT机制进行随机接入，解决了相关技术中需要对UE进行随机接入进行优化的问题，达到优化随机接入，提高随机接入成功率的效果。
附图说明
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解，构成本申请的一部分，本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明，并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中：
图1是本发明实施例的一种随机接入方法的用户设备的硬件结构框图；
图2是根据本发明实施例的随机接入方法的流程图；
图3是根据本发明优选实施例中在增加小区内可用的Preamble的数目前提下，竞争和非竞争随机的Preamble划分示意图；
图4是本发明优选实施例中额外增加的基于非竞争随机的Preamble的示意图；
图5是根据本发明优选实施例中高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域图样且物理层DCI信令触发PRACH资源使能的示意图；
图6是根据本发明优选实施例中新RAR发送时间窗或RAR响应时间窗的示意图；
图7是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的结构框图；
图8是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图一；
图9是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置中第二确定模块82的优选结构框图；
图10是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图二；
图11是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图三；
图12是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图四；
图13是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图五；
图14是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图六。
具体实施方式
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。
需要说明的是，本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。
方法实施例
本申请实施例一所提供的方法实施例可以在用户设备、计算机终端或者类似的运算装置中执行。以运行在用户设备上为例，图1是本发明实施例的一种随机接入方法的用户设备的硬件结构框图。如图1所示，用户设备10可以包括一个或多个(图中仅示出一个)处理器102(处理器102可以包括但不限于微处理器MCU或可编程逻辑器件FPGA等的处理装置)、用于存储数据的存储器104、以及用于通信功能的传输装置106。本领域普通技术人员可以理解，图1所示的结构仅为示意，其并不对上述电子装置的结构造成限定。例如，用户设备10还可包括比图1中所示更多或者更少的组件，或者具有与图1所示不同的配置。
存储器104可用于存储应用软件的软件程序以及模块，如本发明实施例中的随机接入方法对应的程序指令/模块，处理器102通过运行存储在存储器104内的软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理，即实现上述的方法。存储器104可包括高速随机存储器，还可包括非易失性存储器，如一个或者多个磁性存储装置、闪存、或者其他非易失性固态存储器。在一些实例中，存储器104可进一步包括相对于处理器102远程设置的存储器，这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至用户设备10。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。
传输装置106用于经由一个网络接收或者发送数据。上述的网络具体实例可包括用户设备10的通信供应商提供的无线网络。在一个实例中，传输装置106包括一个网络适配器(Network Interface Controller，简称为NIC)，其可通过基站与其他网络设备相连从而可与互联网进行通讯。在一个实例中，传输装置106可以为射频(Radio Frequency，简称为RF)模块，其用于通过无线方式与互联网进行通讯。
在本实施例中提供了一种运行于的用户设备的随机接入方法，图2是根据本发明实施例的随机接入方法的流程图，如图2所示，该流程包括如 下步骤：
步骤S202，确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；
步骤S204，通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
通过上述步骤，根据不同Msg消息和/或PRACH format格式与LBT优先级之间的对应关系，来执行LBT机制进行随机接入，解决了相关技术中需要对UE进行随机接入进行优化的问题，达到优化随机接入，提高随机接入成功率的效果。
可选地，上述步骤的执行主体可以为用户设备，但不限于此。
优选地，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序可以包括多种，例如，可以包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1； Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送所述前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于所述UE向所述基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于所述基站向所述UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于所述UE向所述基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于所述基站向所述UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
优选地，所述Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，所述第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
优选地，在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将所述第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到所述第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，所述第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，所述信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
举例来说，在现有每个小区有64个可用Preamble码的情况下，增加用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目的方法，可以包括：在保持现有每个小区有64个可用Preamble码不变的情况下，减少用于竞争的随机接入的Preamble码数目，减少的Preamble数目用于非竞争的随机接入的方式；或者，小区内N个可用的Preamble码中新增的Preamble码用于非竞争随机接入方式，其中，增加小区中总的可用Preamble码的数目，记为N，新增的Preamble码数目＝N-64；或者，小区内N个可用的Preamble码中新增的Preamble码之后，对N个可用的Preamble码重新进行分配，依据配置信令分别配置用于竞争的随机接入和用于非竞争的随机接入。需要说明的是，在所述增加小区中总的Preamble码数目的情况下，按照高层RRC信令配置LAA numb erofRA-Preambles，其中，LAA中用于非竞争的随机 接入的Preamble数目＝N-LAA numberofRA-Preambles。其中，减少的Preamble数目，和/或，小区内总的可用Preamble码的数目可以通过多种方式获取，例如，可以通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层RRC信令，UE专有DCI信令，公共DCI信令，Group DCI信令，DL DCI信令，预定义，基站和UE事先约定。
在发送上述Mgs1之前，需要确定用于发送该Mgs1的资源，其中，该资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，下面分别说明。
在确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源时，可以通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
其中，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数的方式也可以多种，例如，可以通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式(该DCI信令可以包括：UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令；Group DCI信令；DL DCI信令)；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。针对上述各种方式分别说明。
通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式时，可以采用以下举例来实现：高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域位置图样；高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源出现的周期，或者，周期集合，和/或，PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；高层RRC信令指示PRACH时域资源位置或集合对应的索引标识；高层RRC配置发送PRACH的时间窗长度，和/或，时 间窗内起始PRACH时域位置，和/或，间隔。
通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式时，可以采用以下处理来实现：配置PRACH时域资源位置索引；PRACH时域资源位置索引集合；PRACH时间窗长度；时间窗内PRACH时域资源起始位置索引；时间窗内PRACH时域资源间隔；时间窗内PRACH时域资源数目。
优选地，所述物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的所述PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过所述高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过所述DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，所述预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
其中，上述预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
优选地，所述k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，所述上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧， 第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
优选地，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
优选地，用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
在相关技术中，当UE在RAR接收时间窗内未检测到基站发送的RAR响应，则认为随机接入失败。此时，UE需要进行Power ramping。而对于LAA，UE没有收到基站发送的RAR响应，可能是由于基站侧的LBT失败导致，基于此，LAA中需要考虑指示UE不进行Power ramping的指示方法。
鉴于此，在本优选实施方式中，在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。需要说明的是，该第一指示消息，第二指示消息可以在授权载波上发送，也可以在非授权载波上发送。
当UE成功发送Preamble之后，按照相关技术中规定的RAR(即Mgs2)接收时间窗内，UE可能接收不到基站给UE发送的RAR响应，由于基站侧LBT失败。基于此，需要考虑增加UE接收RAR响应的方法。因此，在本优选实施方式中，对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗(即现有接收 Mgs的时间窗)进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。其中，对预定时间窗进行扩展可以采用多种方式，例如，可以通过以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，即，UE在第n个子帧发送Preamble码，在n子帧末尾至n+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize内监听基站的RAR响应。其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
优选地，上述用于扩展预定时间窗的参数可以通过多种方式获取，例如，L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize可以通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。例如，在所述RAR响应时间窗内，因基站执行LBT失败，或者，因UE执行LBT失败导致随机接入失败时，UE向MAC发送一个指示消息。其中，该指示消息用于指示UE在下次尝试发送Preamble码时，不抬升功率PowerRampingStep。和/或，不统计因UE侧LBT失败造成的Preamble发送失败的次数累计到PreambleTransMax。
优选地，在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2， 其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量(Time Advance，简称为TA)，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
其中，若Msg3和Msg4中的至少之一在非授权载波上进行传输时，由于LBT结果影响是否可以在对应的资源上发送Msg3和/或Msg4。基于此，需要考虑增加发送Msg3和Msg4的方法。除此之外，还可以考虑更加优化的随机接入过程。需要说明的是，上述实施例及优选实施方式不限于在LAA场景使用，也适用于LAA双连接(Dual Connectivity，简称为DC)或Standalone场景。
并且，为了提高后续接收Mgs3的成功率，在所述Mgs2中还可以携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
优选地，所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。例如，k2可以为1，2，3，4，5，6，7。
优选地，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new  format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
结合上述实施例，提供了对上述实施例进行具体说明的优选实施例，下面分别说明。
优选实施例1
在本优选实施例中提供一种增加用于非竞争随机接入方式下的前导Preamble码的方法。
随机接入过程中传输Preamble码的的作用是告诉基站eNodeB有一个随机接入请求，并使得基站eNodeB能估计其与UE之间的传输时延，以便基站eNodeB校准上行定时并将校准信息通过TA Command告诉UE。其中，Preamble在PRACH上传输。
相关LTE技术中，每个小区下有64个可用的Preamble序列。其中，64个可用Preamble序列中用于基于竞争的随机接入的Preamble序列和用于基于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble序列划分如下：Preamble Index#0～#51用于基于竞争的随机接入场景使用；Preamble Index#52～#63用于基于非竞争的随机接入场景使用。其中，LTE中目前将Preamble Index#52～#59用于切换场景，而Preamble Index#60～#63用于非竞争的随机接入，例如，下行数据到达情况。
基于此，若LAA或LAA DC或Standalone中仅支持基于非竞争的随机接入方式，则从上述可用于非竞争方式的随机接入仅有Preamble索引为#60～#63这四个Preamble码可用。在多个UE都需要进行随机接入情况下，显然现有LBT技术中规定的用于非竞争的随机接入的前导Preamble数目不能满足其LAA中多个UE的随机接入需求。因此，需要考虑增加用于非竞争随机接入的前导Preamble码的方法。
本优选实施例提供增加用于非竞争随机接入方式下的前导Preamble码的方法包括以下至少之一：
方法1：一组UE配置相同的Preamble Index。
对于方法1，可以给同一个TAG内的UE或UE组配置相同的Preamble Index。其中，在一个TAG组内，只要有一个UE或任意UE成功发送Preamble码，和/或，收到基站发送的RAR响应消息，则认为非竞争随机接入成功。
可选地，TAG组内的UE发送Preamble的时域和/或频域PRACH资源可以是相同的，或者，不同的。
可选地，TAG组的划分可以按照基站与基站之间的距离来划分，和/或，按照一段时间内的UE上报的TA值重新划分，和/或，按照上次UE上报的TA值重新划分等。
其中，上述基站可以指Macro基站，和/或，SCell微基站，和/或，DC场景中的MeNB，和/或，DC场景中的SeNB，和/或，LAA DC/Standalone场景下的MeNB，和/或，SeNB。
方法1中的可用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble序列的数目与相关LTE技术中相同。
方法2：扩展用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。
对于方法2，保持现有64个前导码不变的前提下，动态划分用于竞争的随机接入可用的Preamble码数目，和/或，用于切换场景使用的非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码数目，和/或，用于下行数据到达场景使用的非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码数目。
相关LTE技术中，用于竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目(numberofRA-Preambles)是基站通过RACH-ConfigCommon(SIB-2消息中)下发给UE的。通过numberofRA-Preambles可用按照特定关系确定用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble的数目。该特定关系为：小区可用Preambles数目减去numberofRA-Preambles等于非竞争随机接入可用的Preamble数目。其中，LTE中规定小区可用Preambles数目为64个，numberofRA-Preambles为52个，非竞争随机接入可用的Preamble数目为12个。
对于LAA，配置numberofRA-Preambles数目，和/或，LAA中用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目的方式包括以下至少之一：
方式一：高层RRC信令配置LAA numberofRA-Preambles数目，和/或，LAA中用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。其中，LAA numberofRA-Preambles的取值范围[0,A]。其中，A大于等于0且小于等于52，优选地，A可以设置为10,20,30。
可选地，可以在RRC信令中的RACH-ConfigCommon中增加LAA numberofRA-Preambles字段，或者，保持LTE中numberofRA-Preambles字段，但修改其取值范围。
方式二：物理层DCI信令配置LAA numberofRA-Preambles数目，和/或，用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble码数目。
其中，物理层DCI信令可以包括以下至少之一：UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令。其中，UE专有DCI信令可以为DCI format 1A。公共DCI信令可以为DCI format1C，可以采用预留比特来指示LAA numberofRA-Preambles数目，和/或，用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble码数目，或者，在DCI format 1C中引入新的随机接入触发和/或参数配置分支，可以采用该格式中的全部比特中的部分或全部比特来指示LAA numberofRA-Preambles数目，和/或，用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble码数目。
若高层RRC信令的RACH-ConfigCommon中未配置numberofRA-Preambles，和/或，LAA numberofRA-Preambles，和/或，用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目，则UE按照物理层DCI信令来确定用于竞争随机接入的Preamble码数目，和/或，用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目；
若高层RRC信令的RACH-ConfigCommon中配置numberofRA-Preambles，和/或，LAA numberofRA-Preambles，和/或，用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目，则UE可以按照特定规则确定是按 照物理层DCI信令还是按照高层RRC信令通知的LAA numberofRA-Preambles，和/或，用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目作为LAA系统，或者，LAA DC，或者，Standalone中所用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。
该特定规则为：若物理层DCI配置的numberofRA-Preambles小于RRC配置的，则采用物理层DCI配置的numberofRA-Preambles。若其数目大于RRC配置的，则采用RRC配置的numberofRA-Preambles。若其数目等于RRC配置的，则任意选择。若物理层DCI配置的用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目大于高层配置的或根据numberofRA-Preambles和总Preamble数目计算得到的，则采用物理层DCI配置的用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目。若小于高层配置的或根据numberofRA-Preambles和总Preamble数目计算得到的，则采用高层RRC配置的用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目。若等于高层配置的或根据numberofRA-Preambles和总Preamble数目计算得到的，则任意选择。
可选地，可以通过高层RRC和物理层信令相结合方式确定用于非竞争的随机接入的可用Preamble数目。例如，高层RRC信令配置一个或多个用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble序列数目，由物理层DCI信令来触发哪个非竞争随机接入的Preamble序列集合可用，和/或，配置哪个非竞争随机接入的Preamble序列集合中哪个Preamble Index给UE。或者，高层RRC一旦配置了numberofRA-Preambles和/或用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目或集合就使能，或者，也可以不使能，通过物理层DCI信令触发使能和/或为UE或UE组配置专有的Preamble Index。
方式三：预定义方式。
事先定义numberofRA-Preambles数目(用于竞争随机接入可用的Preamble数目)或，用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目。基站基于事先定义的可用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble序列集合中为UE或UE组配置专有的Preamble Index。
对于LAA中，用于切换场景的非竞争随机接入Preamble的数目，和/或，用于下行数据到达场景的非竞争随机接入Preamble码的数目，也可以通过高层RRC信令通知(例如，RACH-ConfigCommon)，和/或，采用物理层DCI信令(UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令)通知，和/或，预定义方式通知给UE。
优选地，可以根据需求和场景不同，动态配置用于切换的非竞争随机接入Preamble码的数目，和，用于下行数据到达场景的非竞争随机接入Preamble码的数目。
优选地，在保持现有64个前导码不变的前提下，扩展用于下行数据到达场景的非竞争随机接入Preamble码的数目的方法，可用通过减少用于竞争的随机接入方式的可用Preamble码数目，或者，减少用于切换场景下用于非竞争随机接入方式的可用Preamble数目。
方法3：增加小区内可用的Preamble的数目。其中，一种是将新增加的Preamble码用于非竞争随机接入方式，从而扩大非竞争随机接入方式可用的Preamble数目，优选地，新增加的Preamble可以用于下行数据到达事件触发随机接入情况。另一种是增加的Preamble码用于扩展小区内总的可用Preamble码数目，记为N，重新分配小区内可用的N个Preamble码，哪些是用于竞争的随机接入，哪些是用于非竞争的随机接入。。
对于方法3，与上述方法1和2不同之处在于，通过扩大每个小区可用Preamble数目的方法来解决非竞争随机接入可用Preamble数目不足问题。
图3是根据本发明优选实施例中在增加小区内可用的Preamble的数目前提下，竞争和非竞争随机的Preamble划分示意图，如图3所示，该增加小区内可用的Preamble的数目为N的方式。其可以通过预定义方式确定，或者，通过高层RRC信令配置(例如，RACH-ConfigCommon配置，即在该字段引入小区内可用Preamble数目参数)，或者，通过物理层DCI信令(UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设 计的DCI信令)配置确定N。基于这种方式，相应的可以根据高层RRC信令(例如，RACH-ConfigCommon)和/或物理层DCI信令(UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令)配置新的numberofRA-Preambles值，从而可以确定新的用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。或者，相应的可以根据高层RRC信令(例如，RACH-ConfigCommon)和/或物理层DCI信令(UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令)配置新的用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目，从而可以确定出新的numberofRA-Preambles值。或者，通过预定义的方式指定新的numberofRA-Preambles值和/或用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。
图4是本发明优选实施例中额外增加的基于非竞争随机的Preamble的示意图，如图4所示，增加额外的Preamble Index用于非竞争接入方式，额外的增加的Preamble Index和/或数目(例如，N-64为额外增加的Preamble码数目，N为通过现有64个Preamble加上新增的Preamble数目确定的总的小区内可用的Preamble码数目)可以由高层RRC信令配置(例如，RACH-ConfigCommon配置，即在该字段引入小区内额外可用非竞争接入Preamble数目参数)，和/或，物理层信令(UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令)配置，和/或，预定义方式，和/或，基站和UE事先约定方式。
可选地，若由切换触发随机接入的情况很少时，可以减少用于切换场景的Preamble数目，减少的Preamble数目可用于基于下行数据到达事件触发随机接入情况。
优选实施例2
本优选实施例给出一种确定PRACH时域资源的方法。
方法一：PRACH时域资源通过高层RRC配置。
基于方法一，由下述至少之一实现方式：
方式一：高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域位置图样。
其中，对于高层RRC配置的PRACH时域位置图样，有两种使用方式：一种是：PRACH时域图样一经高层RRC配置，立刻生效。另一种是：PRACH时域图样一经高层RRC配置，不立刻生效，仅当物理层DCI信令(如，UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令)触发其PRACH时域图样中至少之一时域位置生效。或者，仅按照特定隐含方式触发其PRACH时域图样中至少之一时域位置生效。
其中，可以按照现有RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源方式，或者，高层RRC配置专用于LAA的PRACH时域资源位置，或者，PRACH时域资源位置图样。
下面将具体说明方式一种的方法。例如，图5是根据本发明优选实施例中高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域图样且物理层DCI信令触发PRACH资源使能的示意图，如图5所示，高层RRC配置一个时间内PRACH时域资源位置图样，而是否RRC配置的PRACH时域图样使能，要通过物理层DCI信令动态触发其使能。其中，DCI信令中携带一个字段，可占用2比特，或3比特：用于指示是触发一个PRACH时域资源使能(优选地，触发收到DCI信令后，第一个PRACH时域资源位置，或者，第二个PRACH时域资源位置，或者，特定的PRACH时域资源位置)，或者，触发收到DCI信令后，前t个PRACH时域资源使能，或者，触发收到DCI信令后，所有PRACH时域资源位置使能，或者，触发收到DCI信令后，奇数位置或偶数位置的PRACH时域资源使能。
优选地，RRC配置的PRACH时域资源位置图样可以为单位时间内连续的，或者，离散的的PRACH时域资源位置组成。
方式二：高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源出现的周期，或者，周期集合，和/或，PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量。
优选地，高层RRC信令配置的PRACH时域资源出现的周期T小于上行最大传输时长，或者，周期T与上行传输时长有关。其中，配置的周 期T可以根据一段时间内的上行或下行业务统计量调整，或者，根据一段时间内的上行传输时长统计量或平均值调整。
举例说明方式二，假定高层RRC配置PRACH时域资源出现的周期为2ms，有下述两种情况：
一种是：UE基于网络层配置的PRACH周期T，一旦检测到下行传输结束信息(例如，检测到公共DCI信令)，使能高层配置的PRACH时域位置出现周期T。可选地，PRACH时域资源起始位置默认为上行第一个时域资源(时域资源可以是一个子帧，部分子帧，两个符号，两个子帧，三个子帧)，在上行传输burst内按照周期T出现PRACH时域资源，且无论UE是否发送Preamble码，上述上行传输burst中周期性出现的PRACH时域资源均有效。
另一种是：可选地，一旦UE在上行传输burst中对应的周期性PRACH时域资源位置中之一发送Preamble码，则在上行传输burst中该PRACH时域资源之后的PRACH时域资源位置失效。
另一个举例说明方式二，假定高层RRC配置PRACH时域资源的周期集合为{1ms,2ms,3ms,4ms,5ms,6ms,10ms}，终端UE根据上行传输burst长度自主选择上行传输burst内PRACH时域资源出现的周期。或者，基站从RRC配置的周期集合中按照特定规则选择一个周期值通知给UE。该特定规则为下行和/或下行传输业务，或者，根据上行和/或下行MCOT长度等。此时，周期是否生效与下行传输burst结束有关，即，从下行传输burst结束之后生效。或者，周期一经配置立刻生效，或者，周期是否生效与物理层DCI信令有关，例如，UE检测到UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令时，使能周期T。PRACH时域资源起点与下行传输burst结束有关，或者，根据接收到UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令子帧位置n按照特定的定时关系n+k确定PRACH时域资源起点。其中，k可以为大于等于1，或者，大于等于4的正整数。优选地，k为 1,2,3,4,5,6,7等。
方式三：高层RRC信令配置指示PRACH时域资源位置或集合索引。
即预先定义不同上行传输时长与PRACH时域资源位置的对应表格。高层RRC仅配置表中的配置索引值。
方式四：高层RRC配置发送PRACH的时间窗长度，和/或，时间窗内起始PRACH时域位置，和/或，间隔，和/或，发送PRACH的时间窗起始位置。其中，发送Preamble时间窗，或者，PRACH时域资源的时间窗可以是一经高层RRC配置立刻生效，或者，高层RRC仅配置，但不立刻生效，其生效与物理层DCI信令有关，或者，根据隐含方式生效。其中，隐含方式包括：下行传输结束子帧，或者，UE LBT成功时刻，或者，第一个上行子帧隐含使其生效。
其PRACH时间窗起点与下行传输burst结束有关，或者，根据接收到UE专有DCI信令，公共DCI信令，group DCI信令，DL grant，新设计的DCI信令子帧位置n按照特定的定时关系n+k确定，或者，第一个上行子帧位置有关。其中，时间窗可以位于下行传输burst结束位置，或者，第一个上行子帧，或者，按照特定定时关系确定的子帧位置之前，或者，之后，或，包含。其中，k可以为大于等于1，或者，大于等于4的正整数。优选地，k为1,2,3,4,5,6,7等。
方法二：物理层DCI信令明确通知。其中，高层不配置PRACH时域资源信息。
对于方法二，可以通过物理层DCI信令明确指示PRACH时域资源位置索引，和/或，PRACH时域资源位置索引集合，和/或，PRACH时间窗，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源起始位置索引，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源间隔，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源个数。其中，物理层DCI信令中明确指示的上述参数一经指示立刻生效，或者，物理层DCI信令中仅指示上述参数，但不立刻生效，其生效可以根据公共DCI信令或第二个DCI信令触发其生效，或者，根据上行第一个子帧触发其生效，或 者，根据发送物理层DCI信令子帧位置和特定定时关系触发其生效，或者，根据UE侧LBT成功时刻触发其生效，或者，根据预定义上行子帧位置触发其生效，或者，根据下行传输burst结束位置触发其生效。
方法三：按照高层RRC配置和物理层DCI信令相结合的方式。其高层RRC信令配置，而物理层DCI触发其高层RRC配置生效方式与方式一中方法相同。
方法四：隐含指示PRACH时域资源位置，或者，PRACH时域资源位置集合，或者，PRACH时间窗，或者，PRACH时域资源起始位置，或者，PRACH时域资源间隔。
隐含指示包括：根据下行传输结束位置，或者，根据上行特定子帧位置，或者，根据UE上行LBT成功时刻指示，或者，按照PDCCH order触发子帧n位置和特定定时关系n+k关系确定PRACH时域资源位置，或者，PRACH时域资源位置集合，或者，PRACH时间窗，或者，PRACH时域资源起始位置，或者，PRACH时域资源间隔。其中，k可以为大于等于1，或者，大于等于4的正整数。优选地，k为1,2,3,4,5,6,7等。
其中，上行特定子帧位置可以为第一个上行子帧，或者，下行传输burst中的末尾部分子帧(优选地，在下行传输burst中的末尾部分子帧中传输format4格式下的PRACH)，或者，第二个上行子帧，或者，基站和UE事先约定或高层RRC指示的上行子帧位置。
优选实施例3
本优选实施例给出一种确定PRACH频域资源的方法。
根据ETSI中发送信号必须满足带宽至少80％之上的管制要求，现有LTE技术中PRACH频域资源仅占6个PRB不符合ETSI中关于带宽的管制要求。基于此，LAA中支持PRACH频域6个PRB离散到整个带宽。其中，6个PRB扩展到整个带宽的方式有：频域上重复z次。
基于此，LAA中确定PRACH的频域资源的方法包括以下至少之一：
方法一：高层RRC信令配置PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置 索引，和/或，PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引集合，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。
方法二：物理层DCI信令中明确指示PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。
方法三：高层RRC信令配置，和，物理层DCI信令结合方式。
其中，高层RRC配置下述信息中至少之一：PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。物理层DCI配置上述参数中剩余参数，和/或，给UE指示使用频域重复次数集合中哪个重复次数。
其中，若高层RRC给UE配置了PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引集合，UE可以自主地在PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引集合中选择一个PRACH频域资源起点，或者，通过物理层DCI信令给UE或UE组指示一个PRACH频域资源起点。
优选实施例4
本优选实施例中提供一种增加终端用户UE或用户组接收RAR成功的概率的方法。对于支持RAR在非授权载波上传输场景，例如，LAA DC场景，或者，Standalone场景。若RAR能够在非授权载波上传输与基站侧的LBT结果有关。这使得现有协议中规定的UE的接收RAR时间窗大小或时间窗确定方式可能不太适用RAR在非授权载波上传输的场景。
相关LTE技术中，UE在第n个子帧发送Preamble码，在n+3子帧到n+3+RA-ResponseWindowSize内监听基站的RAR响应。
可选地，由于基站侧LBT结果影响RAR的发送，所以，为了提高RAR发送机会，或者，增加UE侧接收RAR响应的成功概率，可采用以下至少之一：
方式一：动态指示基站侧新的RAR发送时间窗或UE侧接收RAR时间窗的起点。
其中，基站侧新的RAR发送时间窗或UE侧接收RAR时间窗长是由动态指示的基站侧新的RAR发送时间窗或UE侧接收RAR时间窗起点到n+3子帧间的长度+RA-ResponseWindowSize。其中，优选地，n+3公式中的3可用参数L表示。图6是根据本发明优选实施例中新RAR发送时间窗或RAR响应时间窗的示意图，如图6所示，基站侧新的RAR发送时间窗或UE侧接收RAR时间窗起点为UE发送Preamble的子帧n结束或基站接收到Preamble码的子帧结束。。
即基站侧发送RAR的时域范围为：基站从接收到Preamble码的子帧n开始，在子帧n+k开始至n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize内上发送RAR。相应地，UE侧对应在第n个子帧发送Preamble码，在n+k子帧至n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize内监听基站的RAR响应。基于L+RA-ResponseWindowSize为新的基站发送RAR的时间窗，或者，新的UE接收RAR的时间窗。如图6所示。
其中，k，和/或，L，和/或，基站发送RAR时间窗起点，和/或，UE接收RAR响应的时间窗起点可以通过高层RRC信令配置，或者，通过物理层DCI信令(PDCCH order信令，或者，UE专有DCI信令，或者，公共DCI信令，或者，group DCI信令，或者，DL grant，或者，新设计的DCI信令)通知，或者，基站和UE事先预定。
其中，RA-ResponseWindowSize配置方式可以沿用高层RRC信令配置，或者，也可以由物理层DCI信令配置，或者，基站和UE事先约定。
方式二：增加RA-ResponseWindowSize长度。
RA-ResponseWindowSize最大可以配置为10ms，且现有协议中是通过高层RRC信令配置。
由于提高基站侧发送RAR的成功概率，LAA RA-ResponseWindowSize可以由高层RRC信令配置，或者，物理层DCI信令通知给UE，或者， 基站和UE事先约定。其中，LAA RA-ResponseWindowSize的取值范围[1,a1]。其中，a1大于等于10的正整数。
方式三：增加额外的RAR发送时间窗，或者，增加额外的RAR发送次数。
LAA沿用现有LTE协议中定义的RAR响应接收时间窗，或者，RAR发送时间窗，但在RAR发送或接收时间窗之后，增加额外的RAR发送时间窗。
优选地，额外的RAR发送时间窗起点与现有RAR发送或接收时间窗之间有一个时域偏移量。其中，时域偏移量由高层RRC配置，和/或，物理层DCI信令通知给UE，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，MAC层信令配置。可选地，时域偏移量可以为0，或，大于等于0的整数。
优选地，额外的RAR发送时间窗内RAR发送的时域资源可以是时域上连续的，或者，时域上离散的。可选地，额外的RAR发送时间窗内起始RAR时域资源与额外的RAR发送时间窗的起点之间有一个时域偏移。可选地，额外的RAR发送时间窗内的时域偏移量可以为0，或，大于等于0的整数。额外的RAR发送时间窗内的时域偏移量可以由高层RRC配置，和/或，物理层DCI信令通知给UE，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，MAC层信令配置。
方式四：配置RAR具有较高的LBT优先级等级。即发送RAR所执行的LBT机制与优先级有关。也就是说，RAR响应具有较高的优先级等级，或者，具有较快速的随机接入机制，例如，25us的LBT Cat2机制，或者，类似DRS的LBT机制，优先级1对应的LBT参数，如，最小竞争窗为0，最大竞争窗为3，defer period中n为0或1的Cat4 LBT。
其中，基站的RAR响应也可以在授权载波上发送，也可以在非授权载波上发送。
优选实施例5
本优选实施例中提供一种处理随机接入失败而导致的发送Preamble 码功率提升的方法。
相关LTE技术中，由于UE在RAR响应时间窗内未接收到基站的RAR响应，则认为随机接入过程失败。此时，若未达到最大的随机接入尝试次数PreambleTransMax，则UE将在上次发射功率的基础上，提升功率PowerRampingStep来发送下次的Preamble码，为了提高发射成功的概率。
而对于LAA，UE在高层RRC配置，和/或，物理层DCI信令，和/或，基站和UE事先约定的方式，和/或，隐含方式指示用于发送Preamble码的PRACH时-频域资源或时域资源集合或发送Preamble的PRACH时间窗中对应的PRACH时域资源中至少之一上未竞争到非授权载波的使用权，从而导致Preamble码失败。
若按照LTE技术中的规定，下次发送Preamble码是需要提升功率PowerRampingStep显然是不可理的。进一步，因为UE侧LBT失败导致发送Preamble次数增加，从而错误统计真实的Preamble发送次数。
基于此，LAA中由于UE侧LBT失败导致的Preamble码不能正常发送情况下，UE在下次尝试发送Preamble码是不需要抬升功率PowerRampingStep，和/或，不需要统计因UE侧LBT失败造成的Pream ble发送失败的次数累计到PreambleTransMax。基于此，当UE侧发送Preamble时执行LBT失败，UE可以将LBT失败的信息告诉MAC层，即UE侧需要向UE的MAC层和/或RRC层和/或向基站的物理层和/或基站的MAC层和/或RRC层上报或指示当前Preamble传输失败是由于UE侧的LBT失败。可选地，当UE发送Preamble码的LBT执行成功，UE可以发送LBT成功的指示消息给基站，用于区别UE未收到RAR响应的原因。这里，可假定只要基站或UE执行LBT成功，基站和UE分别能收到UE发送来的Preamble码和基站发送的RAR响应。优选地，MAC层需要分别设置统计LBT失败或成功的计数器，和/或，统计Preamble码发送次数计数器。
可选地，若UE侧Preamble码发送成功，但由于基站侧的LBT失败， 从而导致在对应的RAR响应时间窗内UE没有接收到基站的RAR响应，从而导致随机接入过程失败。此时，同样是由于基站侧LBT失败导致随机接入失败，需要UE重新发Preamble码，此时，若按照LTE技术中的规定，UE需要提升功率PowerRampingStep来发送下一次的Preamble码这显然也不合理。采用与UE侧因执行LBT失败导致需要重新发送Preamble码相同的方法，发送一个指示信息，指示信息用于指示由于基站侧LBT失败导致随机接入失败，而不进行功率抬升，或者，不累计Preamble发送次数。
上述用于指示UE侧LBT成功或失败的指示消息，和/或，用于UE指示不抬升功率PowerRampingStep的指示消息的资源可以位于授权载波上，也可以位于非授权载波上。
优选实施例6
本优选实施例中提供一种基于竞争的随机接入方式中，增加或提高UE或UE组发送Msg3消息，和/或，基站发送Msg4的方法。
基于竞争的随机接入方式与基于非竞争随机接入方式的不同之处在于，UE收到基站发送的RAR响应，获取上行的时间同步和上行资源，但此时并不能确定RAR响应是发送UE自己而不是发送给其他UE的。由于基于竞争的随机接入过程中UE的前导Preamble码是从公共资源中随机选取地，因此，存在着不同UE在相同的时频域资源上发送相同的Preamble码的可能性，这样，在相同时频域资源上的UE都会通过相同的RA-RNTI接收到同样的RAR响应。并且，UE也不知道是否存在其他的UE在使用相同的时频域资源进行随机接入。因此，UE需要通过随后的Msg3和Msg4消息来解决随机接入冲突。
对于LAA，为了增加Msg3消息发送的成功概率，可以通过以下至少之一方式：
方式一：在Msg2消息中除了携带TA，UL grant，Preamble Index，TC-RNTI外，还可以携带发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置，和/或，发送 Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时间窗，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源的偏移量，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔，和/或，发送Msg3消息的次数，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目，和/或，发送Msg3消息的定时关系值。
方式二：通过特定定时关系确定发送Msg3消息的时域资源，或，Msg3消息的时域资源集合。
相关LTE技术中，Msg3消息的时域资源位置是由接收到RAR信令的子帧n，按照n+k1定时关系确定发送Msg3消息的时域资源位置。其中，k1为大于等于6。
而LAA是机会性传输，因此，为了提高非授权载波上的随机接入效率，UE可按照新的定时关系确定发送Msg3消息的时域资源位置，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合，和/或，发送Msg3消息的时间窗。其中，新的定时关系为n+k2。其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或者，大于等于4的值，优选地，k2为1，和/或，2，和/或，3，和/或，4，和/或，5，和/或，6，和/或，7。
该新的定时关系中的k2可以由高层RRC信令配置，和/或，通过物理层DCI信令通知，和/或，基站和UE事先约定的方式，和/或，与Msg3消息绑定。例如，一旦发送Msg3其对应的定时关系为n+k2。其中，n为UE收到RAR响应的子帧。
其中，对于Msg3消息的发送时间窗内用于发送Msg3的消息时域资源可以是连续的，也可以离散的。优选地，Msg3消息的发送时间窗内每个子帧都可以用于发送Msg3消息。
Msg4消息同样也采用配置Msg4发送时间窗的方法，或者，增大计数器时长的的方法来增加在非授权载波上发送Msg4消息的成功概率。此外，也可以提高基站侧发送Msg4消息对应的LBT优先级。
本发明优选实施例中的Msg1，Msg2，Msg3，Msg4中至少之一可以 在非授权载波上，或者，授权载波上进行传输。Msg消息在非授权载波上传输之前，需要先执行LBT机制获得非授权载波的使用权，只有在获取到非授权载波的使用权的前提下，才能在非授权载波上的资源上进行Msg消息的发送。
优选实施例7
本优选实施例中给出一种随机接入过程中不同Msg消息，和/或，不同PRACH格式对应不同的LBT优先级等级方法。
对于基于非竞争的随机接入过程，RA过程中包括的Msg消息包括：Msg0、Msg1、Msg2。
对于基于竞争的随机接入过程，RA过程中包括的Msg消息包括：Msg1、Msg2、Msg3、Msg4。
PRACH格式包括：Format 0，Format 1，Format 2，Format 3，Format 4，新Format。新格式PRACH时域为小于特定个子帧长度(一个子帧等于12或14个OFDM符号)，大于一个符号。优选地，特定子帧长度为一个子帧长度，也可以是大于3个子帧的长度。其中，新PRACH格式的时域结构沿用现有技术中CP+Preamble+GT结构，不同支持，Preamble长度不同，CP和GT时域长度与现有技术中对应CP和GT时域长度不同。
从LAA与Wi-Fi系统公平共存的角度考虑，不同Msg消息，和/或，不同PRACH格式对应LBT优先级等级。
按照PRACH格式划分优先级等级，优选地，其优先级顺序为：
format 0>format 1>format2>format3>format4>新format；或者，
format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>新format；或者，
format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>新format；或者，
format4>format 0>format 1>format2>format3>新format；或者，
format4>新format>format 0>format 1>format2>format3；或者，
format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>新format；或者，
format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>新format；或者，
format4>新format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
上述优先级顺序仅为罗列部分，上述不同PRACH格式的任何优先级顺序也适用于本发明所提的不同PRACH格式对应的不同LBT优先级方法。
按照随机接入过程中不同Msg消息划分，优选地，其优先级顺序为：
Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；或者，Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；或者，Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；或者，Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；或者，Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；或者，Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；或者，Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；或者，Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；或者，Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；或者，Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；或者，Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；或者，Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；或者，Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；或者，Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；或者，Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；或者，Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；或者，Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；或者，Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；或者，Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；或者，Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；或者，Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；或者，Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；或者，Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；或者，Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；或者，Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；或者，Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；或者，Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；或者，Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；或者，Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；或者，Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2。
其中，Msg0为指示UE发送的Preamble和/或PRACH时域和/或频域资源的消息，和/或，信令。例如，物理层PDCCH order信令。Msg1为UE向基站发送Preamble的消息。Msg2为基站给UE发送的RAR响应消息。Msg3消息为UE给基站发送的请求消息等。Msg4消息为基站向UE发送的竞争解决结果消息。
上述优先级顺序仅为罗列部分，上述不同Msg消息独立或以任意组合形式划分的优选级顺序也适用于本发明所提的不同Msg消息对应的不同 LBT优先级方法。
其中，随着优先级等级升高，对应的LBT Cat4的竞争窗呈依次增大趋势，和/或，传输时长呈依次增大或降低或保持不变趋势。
下面将列举几个优选的例子。如下表1。
表1
LBT优先级等级 CWmin CWmax n 传输时长
1 0 3 0 4ms
2 3 5 0 3ms
3 5 7 1 2ms
4 7 15 1 2ms
其中，不同的优先级也可以对应不同LBT模式或对应同一个LBT模式下的不同参数或参数值，其中，LBT模式包括：LBT Cat2，LBT Cat4。其中，LBT Cat2中CCA检测时长可以为16us，25us，34us，43us。表格中的数值仅为示意值，但参数取值不仅局限于表中所示值。
可选地，从UE侧看，随机接入过程中，第一个Msg消息(例如，Msg1消息)可以采用Cat4 LBT机制，而第二个Msg消息(例如，Msg3)可以采用比第一个Msg消息更加简化的LBT机制(例如，Cat2 LBT)，或者，采用更加容易接入信道的LBT参数参数，例如，更短的竞争窗。若针对同一个Msg消息，第一次发送Msg消息时因LBT失败而不能发送Msg消息时，第二次再次发送Msg消息时，可以采用与前一次相同的LBT机制和参数，或者，采用更加短的竞争窗，或者，采用更加快速的LBT机制，如，Cat2 LBT。基站侧同上述UE侧发送的Msg消息所采用的LBT机制或参数方法也适用于基站侧发送的Msg消息。
此外，对于DC场景，MCG载波和SCG载波也对应不同LBT优先级，或者，同一MCG载波或SCG载波内不同载波之间也可以对应不同LBT优先级。
优选实施例8
本优选实施例给出一种基于非竞争的随机接入过程。该示例也适用于切换过程，下行数据到达和定位UE等情况，除了适应于LAA场景，也适用于LAA DC场景，以及Standalone场景。
具体到本优选实施例中，LAA系统中，非竞争随机接入过程的步骤如下：
步骤一：终端UE获取Preamble码，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资源信息。
相关技术中，基于非竞争的随机接入过程，Preamble码和/或PRACH时域和/或频域资源都是基站为UE专门配置的，通过PDCCH order。
针对于LAA，或者，LAA DC场景，或者，Standalone场景，终端UE获取Preamble，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资源可以通过物理层信令，和/或，高层RRC信令，和/或，MAC信令，和/或，可以采用上述信令的组合方式获取。其中，物理层信令包括：UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令；group DCI信令；DL grant信令；可以采用上述信令的组合方式。详细的Preamble码和/或PRACH时域和/或频域资源获取方式见上述优选实施例3。
可选地，额外的PRACH时域资源，和/或，PRACH时间窗长度，和/或，起始PRACH时域资源，和/或，PRACH时域资源大小，和/或，PRACH时域资源间隔，和/或，PRACH资源个数，和/或，PRACH时域资源的图样，和/或，PRACH频域PRB起点，和/或，PRACH频域重复次数可以由物理层信令，和/或，高层RRC信令，和/或，MAC信令，和/或，可以采用上述信令的组合方式获取。其中，物理层信令包括：UE专有DCI信令；公共DCI信令；group DCI信令；DL grant信令；可以采用上述信令的组合方式。具体详细的Preamble码和/或PRACH时域和/或频域资源获取方式见实施例3。
可选地，基站通知UEPreamble码，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资 源可以在非授权载波上发送，和/或，在授权载波上发送。
在非授权载波上发送Preamble码，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资源之前，基站执行LBT(Listen Before Talk，先听后说)机制获取非授权载波的使用权。基站竞争到非授权载波时，可以在非授权载波上给UE发送通知信令。未竞争到非授权载波的情况下，基站不可用使用非授权载波为UE发送上述通知信令。优选地，基站采用LBT Cat4。进一步地，采用Cat4所用的竞争窗大小等参数可以与优先级等级对应。例如，基站为UE发送Preamble码，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资源信息(记为Msg0)对应优先级等级3，即对应LBT Cat4，且最小竞争窗为15，最大竞争窗为63，defer period中的n为3，传输时长为8。优选地，可以进一步采用更快的Cat4参数，例如，最小竞争窗为7，最大竞争窗15，defer period中的n为1，传输时长为3ms。其中，defer period由固定CCA时长加上n个slot组成。优选地，固定CCA时长为16us，slot为9us。
其中，PRACH时域资源可以是子帧级，或者，符号级。其中，子帧级PRACH时域资源包括：一个子帧，或者，两个子帧，或者，三个子帧，或者，大于三个子帧。符号级PRACH时域资源包括：两个符号，或者，一个符号，或者，大于两个符号。
PRACH的格式包括：format0，format1，format2，format3，format4。
步骤二：终端UE在可用的PRACH资源上发送Preamble码。
当终端UE收到基站发送的Preamble码，和/或，PRACH时域和/或频域资源之后，在对应的PRACH时域资源之前需要执行LBT获取到非授权载波的使用权。其中，LBT机制可以采用CCA检测时长为25us的Cat2 LBT机制，或者，采用Cat4 LBT，具体竞争窗大小等参数可以根据Msg1对应的优先级等级确定，例如，优先级等级2，对应的最小竞争窗1，最大竞争窗3，defer period中的n为0。其中，UE在PRACH时频域资源上发送Preamble的过程，记为Msg1消息。
步骤三：终端UE在对应的RAR接收时间窗内接收基站发送的RAR 响应。UE接收RAR的时间窗的详细描述见优选实施例4。
步骤四：终端UE在未收到RAR的情况下，发送一个指示信息。其中，指示消息用于通知MAC不进行功率抬升，即不进行Power ramping。具体详见优选实施例5中的方法。
本实施例中，基于非竞争的随机接入过程中消息可以非授权载波载波上传输，和/或，授权载波上传输。
通过以上的实施例及优选实施例，对UE的随机接入过程实现了以下优化：
(1)引入不同Msg消息和/或PRACH format格式与LBT优先级之间的对应关系。
(2)增加用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble码的方法：(相关LTE技术中，用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble的数目仅有4个，而用于切换场景的非竞争随机接入的Preeamble数目为8个。此外，在LAA场景中，目前支持非竞争的随机接入方法。基于此，相关技术中的4个Preamble在多个UE都需要随机接入场景下变得明显不足。)
方法1：一组UE配置相同的Preamble Index。其中，一组UE可以是TAG组内的UE。可选地，TAG组的划分可以按照基站与基站之间的距离来划分，和/或，按照一段时间内的UE上报的TA值重新划分，和/或，按照上次UE上报的TA值重新划分等。
方法2：扩展用于非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目。
减少用于竞争的随机接入的Preamble码数目，其减少的Preamble用于下行数据到达事件触发的随机接入情况的Preamble码。
RRC层重新配置LAA numberofRA-Preambles，其数目小于52。
需要说明的是，还可以对非竞争随机接入的Preamble数目进行改变，例如，减少用于切换场景的非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码数目，其减少的Preamble用于下行数据到达事件触发的随机接入情况的Preamble码。
方法3：增加小区内可用的Preamble的数目。
新增的Preamble用于非竞争的随机接入。
基于新的小区内可用Preamble数目，重新划分用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble数目。
即，增加用于随机接入过程的Preamble码数目，将增加的数目用于非竞争随机接入；还可以对增加Preamble码数目后对前导码总数进行重新分配，重新分配用于竞争的随机接入的Preamble码以及用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码，当然配置的用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码可以大于相关技术中的用于非竞争的随机接入的Preamble码。
(3)确定PRACH使用资源的方法
方法一：PRACH时域资源通过高层RRC配置。
高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域位置图样。
高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源出现的周期，或者，周期集合，和/或，PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量。
高层RRC信令配置指示PRACH时域资源位置或集合索引。
即预先定义不同上行传输时长与PRACH时域资源位置的对应表格。高层RRC仅配置表中的配置索引值。
高层RRC配置发送PRACH的时间窗长度，和/或，时间窗内起始PRACH时域位置，和/或，间隔。
其中，发送Preamble时间窗，或者，PRACH时域资源的时间窗可以是一经高层RRC配置立刻生效，或者，高层RRC仅配置，但不立刻生效，其生效与物理层DCI信令有关，或者，根据隐含方式生效。其中，隐含方式包括：下行传输结束子帧，或者，UE LBT成功时刻，或者，第一个上行子帧隐含使其生效。
方法二：物理层DCI信令明确通知。其中，高层不配置PRACH时域资源信息。
第一次物理层DCI信令用于明确指示PRACH时域资源位置索引，和/或，PRACH时域资源位置索引集合，和/或，PRACH时间窗，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源起始位置索引，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源间隔，和/或，时间窗内PRACH时域资源个数。
通过二次物理层DCI信令触发所述PRACH时域资源中至少之一使能。
方法三：按照高层RRC配置和物理层DCI信令相结合的方式。其高层RRC信令配置，而物理层DCI触发其高层RRC配置生效方式与方式一中方法相同。
方法四：隐含方式指示PRACH时域资源位置，或者，PRACH时域资源位置集合，或者，PRACH时间窗，或者，PRACH时域资源起始位置，或者，PRACH时域资源间隔。
(4)确定PRACH的频域资源的方法
方法一：高层RRC信令配置PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引，和/或，PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引集合，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。
方法二：物理层DCI信令中明确指示PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。
方法三：高层RRC信令配置，和，物理层DCI信令结合方式。
其中，高层RRC配置下述信息中至少之一：PRACH频域资源起始PRB或RE位置索引，和/或，间隔，和/或，重复次数z，和/或，频域重复次数集合，和/或，每次重复中包含的PRB或RE数目。物理层DCI配置上述参数中剩余参数，和/或，给UE指示使用频域重复次数集合中哪个重复次数。
(5)增加用户设备UE或用户组接收RAR成功的概率的方法
引入L值；或者，
增加RA-ResponseWindowSize长度；或者，
增加额外的RAR发送时间窗；或者，
增加额外的RAR发送次数。
其中，UE在第n个子帧发送Preamble码，在n子帧末尾至n+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize内监听基站的RAR响应。
在RAR响应时间窗内，因基站执行LBT失败，或者，因UE执行LBT失败导致随机接入失败时，UE向MAC发送一个指示信息。
其中，指示消息用于指示UE在下次尝试发送Preamble码时，不抬升功率PowerRampingStep，和/或，不统计因UE侧LBT失败造成的Preamble发送失败的次数累计到PreambleTransMax。
(6)为了增加Msg3在非授权载波上的发送成功概率或机会，Msg2消息中新增以下内容至少之一：
发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；
发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；
发送Msg3消息的时间窗；
发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源的偏移量；
发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；
发送Msg3消息的次数；
发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；
发送Msg3消息的定时关系值。
通过以上的实施例及优选实施例的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。 基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。
装置实施例
在本实施例中还提供了一种随机接入装置及用户设备，该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式，已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的，术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现，但是硬件，或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。
图7是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的结构框图，如图7所示，该装置包括：第一确定模块72和第一发送模块74，下面对该装置进行说明。
第一确定模块72，设置为确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；第一发送模块74，连接至上述第一确定模块72，设置为通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
优选地，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序可以包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3； Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于UE向基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于基站向UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于UE向基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于基站向UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
优选地，Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，可以包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
优选地，在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
图8是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图一，如图8所示，该装置除包括图7所示的所有模块外，还包括：第二确定模块82，下面对该第二确定模块82进行说明。
第二确定模块82，连接至上述第一发送模块74，设置为用于通过以 下参数至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
优选地，该第二确定模块82，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源或用于确定时域资源的参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
优选地，物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
优选地，预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
优选地，预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺 序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
图9是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置中第二确定模块82的优选结构框图，如图9所示，第二确定模块82包括第一确定单元92，下面对该第一确定单元92进行说明。
第一确定单元92，设置为通过以下方式至少之一确定k：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
优选地，上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
图10是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图二，如图10所示，该装置除包括图8所示的结构外，还包括：第三确定模块102，下面对该第三确定模块102进行说明。
第三确定模块102，连接至上述第一发送模块74，设置为通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
优选地，用于确定频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
图11是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图三，如图11所示，该装置除包括图7所示的所有结构外，还包括执行模块112和第二发送模块114，下面对该装置进行说明。
执行模块112，设置为在发送Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；第 二发送模块114，连接至上述执行模块112，设置为在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，第一指示消息用于指示UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
图12是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图四，如图12所示，该装置除包括图7所示的所有结构外，还包括：扩展模块122和第一接收模块124，下面对该装置进行说明。
扩展模块122，连接至上述第一发送模块122，设置为对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；第一接收模块124，连接至上述扩展模块122，设置为在扩展时间窗内接收Mgs2。
优选地，该扩展模块122，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为UE接收Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的次数的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
优选地，L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
图13是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图五，如图13所示，该装置除包括图7所示的所有结构外，还包括：第三发送模块 132，下面对该模块进行说明。
第三发送模块132，连接至上述第一发送模块74，设置为在UE未接收到Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
图14是根据本发明实施例的随机接入装置的优选结构框图六，如图14所示，该装置除包括图7所示的所有结构外，还包括：第二接收模块142，下面对该模块进行说明。
第二接收模块142，连接至上述第一发送模块74，设置为在向基站发送Mgs1之后，接收到来自基站的Mgs2，其中，Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
优选地，Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
优选地，UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值包括：
n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
优选地，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
需要说明的是，上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的，对于后者，可以通过以下方式实现，但不限于此：上述模块均位于同一处理器中；或者，上述各个模块以任意组合的形式分别位于不同的处理器中。
本发明的实施例还提供了一种存储介质。可选地，在本实施例中，上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；
S2，通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2； Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于UE向基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于基站向UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于UE向基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于基站向UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：
用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；
用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；
其中，第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到＝到第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周 期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源或用于确定时域资源的参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，用于确定频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，在发送Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；
S2，在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，第一指示消息用于指示UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，
在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中， 第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
S2，在扩展时间窗内接收Mgs2。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，通过以下方式至少之一，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为UE接收Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的次数的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，在UE未接收到Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，在向基站发送Mgs1之后，接收到来自基站的Mgs2，其中，Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接 入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值包括：n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
可选地，存储介质还被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：
S1，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
可选地，在本实施例中，上述存储介质可以包括但不限于：U盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介 质。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于UE向基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于基站向UE发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于UE向基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于基站向UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执 行：Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；其中，第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
可选地，存储介质还设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码：在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，第三前导码数目不变；在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；其中，信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源：PRACH时域位置图样；PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；PRACH时间窗起始位置；PRACH时间窗出现的周期；PRACH时间窗长度；PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源或用于确定时域资源的参数：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；通过预定隐含方式。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH 时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：通过高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：预定隐含方式包括：在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：预定定时关系包括：n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执 行：通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的频域资源：通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：用于确定频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；频域间隔；频域重复次数z；频域重复次数集合；频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：在发送Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，第一指示消息用于指示UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；在扩展时间窗内接收Mgs2。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：通过以下方式至少之一，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗：通过动态指示UE接收Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为UE接收Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为预定时间窗的窗长；通过增加预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩 展时间窗；通过增加额外的用于接收Mgs2的次数的方式，对Mgs2接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：L，k，以及RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：在UE未接收到Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：在向基站发送Mgs1之后，接收到来自基站的Mgs2，其中，Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；发送Msg3消息的时间窗；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；发送Msg3消息的次数；发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值包括：n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
可选地，在本实施例中，处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行：PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format  4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：format 0>format1>format2>format3>format4>new format；format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；format 0>format4>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>format 0>format1>format2>format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format1>format2>format3；format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
可选地，本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及可选实施方式中所描述的示例，本实施例在此不再赘述。
显然，本领域的技术人员应该明白，上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现，它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上，或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上，可选地，它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现，从而，可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行，并且在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤，或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块，或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样，本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已，并不用于限制本发明，对于本领域的技术人员来说，本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。
工业实用性
本发明实施例上述提供的技术方案，可以应用于随机接入过程中，根据不同Msg消息和/或PRACH format格式与LBT优先级之间的对应关系，来执行LBT机制进行随机接入，解决了相关技术中需要对UE进行随机接 入进行优化的问题，达到优化随机接入，提高随机接入成功率的效果。

Claims (43)

  1. 一种随机接入方法，包括：
    确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；
    通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，随机接入过程中发送的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下之一：
    Msg0>Msg1>Msg2；Msg0>Msg2>Msg1；Msg1>Msg0>Msg2；Msg1>Msg2>Msg0；Msg2>Msg1>Msg0；Msg2>Msg0>Msg1；Msg1>Msg2>Msg3>Msg4；Msg1>Msg2>Msg4>Msg3；Msg1>Msg3>Msg2>Msg4；Msg1>Msg3>Msg4>Msg2；Msg1>Msg4>Msg2>Msg3；Msg1>Msg4>Msg3>Msg2；Msg2>Msg1>Msg3>Msg4；Msg2>Msg1>Msg4>Msg3；Msg2>Msg3>Msg1>Msg4；Msg2>Msg3>Msg4>Msg1；Msg2>Msg4>Msg1>Msg3；Msg2>Msg4>Msg3>Msg1；Msg3>Msg1>Msg2>Msg4；Msg3>Msg1>Msg4>Msg2；Msg3>Msg2>Msg1>Msg4；Msg3>Msg2>Msg4>Msg1；Msg3>Msg4>Msg1>Msg2；Msg3>Msg4>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg1>Msg2>Msg3；Msg4>Msg1>Msg3>Msg2；Msg4>Msg2>Msg1>Msg3；Msg4>Msg2>Msg3>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg2>Msg1；Msg4>Msg3>Msg1>Msg2；
    其中，Mgs0为用于基站指示用户设备UE发送的前导码和/或用于发送所述前导码的PRACH时频域资源的消息，Mgs1为用于所述UE向所述基站发送前导码的消息，Mgs2为用于所述基站向所述UE 发送响应的消息，Mgs3为用于所述UE向所述基站发送用于请求的消息，Mgs4为用于所述基站向所述UE发送的竞争解决结果的消息。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述Msg1消息中发送的前导码所属的前导码集合，包括：
    用于竞争的随机接入的第三前导码集合；
    用于非竞争的随机接入的第四前导码集合；
    其中，所述第三前导码集合和第四前导码集合构成第二前导码集合。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，
    在第二前导码集合数目不变的情况下，通过减少或增加第三前导码集合数目方式，增加或减少第四前导码集合数目；或者，
    在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，通过将所述第二前导码集合中新增的前导码数目增加到所述第四前导码集合中的方式，增加第四前导码集合数目，所述第三前导码数目不变；
    在扩展第二前导码集合数目得到第一前导码集合的前提下，根据应用场景通过信令配置第三前导码集合数目，和/或，第四前导码集合数目；
    其中，所述信令包括：高层RRC信令，或者，物理层DCI信令。
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，包括：
    通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：
    PRACH时域位置图样；
    PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；
    PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；
    PRACH时间窗起始位置；
    PRACH时间窗出现的周期；
    PRACH时间窗长度；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其中，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：
    通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；
    通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；
    通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；
    通过预定隐含方式。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述物理层DCI信令通知的方式包括：
    通过第一物理层DCI信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过第二DCI信令触 发配置的所述PRACH时域资源或候选的PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式包括：
    通过所述高层RRC信令配置PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数，通过所述DCI信令触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能。
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述预定隐含方式包括：
    在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，所述预定定时关系包括：
    n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述k通过以下方式至少之一确定：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，所述上行预定子帧位置 包括以下至少之一：
    第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
  13. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：
    通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；
    通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；
    通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中，用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：
    频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；
    频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；
    频域间隔；
    频域重复次数z；
    频域重复次数集合；
    频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
  15. 根据权利要求2至14中任一项所述的方法，其中，
    在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；
    在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功；或者，
    在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
  16. 根据权利要求2至14中任一项所述的方法，其中，
    对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其中，通过以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：
    通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；
    通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，L，k，以及 RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
  19. 根据权利要求2至14中任一项所述的方法，其中，
    在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
  20. 根据权利要求2至14中任一项所述的方法，其中，在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2，其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其中，所述Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：
    发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；
    发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；
    发送Msg3消息的次数；
    发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；
    UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中，所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：
    n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
  23. 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法，其中，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：
    format 0>format 1>format2>format3>format4>new format；
    format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；
    format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format；
    format4>format 0>format 1>format2>format3>new format；
    format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2>format3；
    format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；
    format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；
    format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
  24. 一种随机接入装置，包括：
    第一确定模块，设置为确定随机接入过程中发送各个消息对应执行先听后说LBT机制的LBT优先级等级，和/或不同物理随机接入信道PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级；
    第一发送模块，设置为通过确定的各个消息对应的LBT优先级等级和/或不同PRACH格式对应的LBT优先级等级，执行LBT机制成功后发送用于随机接入的各个消息。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置，其中，还包括：
    第二确定模块，设置为通过以下参数至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源：
    PRACH时域位置图样；
    PRACH时域资源出现的周期或周期集合；
    PRACH时域位置在周期内的偏移量；
    PRACH时间窗起始位置；
    PRACH时间窗出现的周期；
    PRACH时间窗长度；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源起始位置；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源间隔；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源结束位置；
    PRACH时间窗内时域资源的数目。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其中，所述第二确定模块，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送Mgs1的时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数：
    通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；
    通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；
    通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式；
    通过预定隐含方式。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其中，所述预定隐含方式包括：
    在以下位置至少之一，触发配置的PRACH时域资源或候选PRACH时域资源或用于确定所述时域资源的所述参数使能：下行传输burst结束位置；按照物理下行控制信道PDCCH顺序order发送的子帧n以及n与触发位置之间的预定定时关系确定的位置；上行预定子帧位置；下行传输burst之后的上行预定子帧位置；上行传输burst中的上行特定子帧；上行传输burst；上行执行先听后说LBT机制成功对应的子帧位置。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其中，所述预定定时关系包括：
    n+k，其中，n为物理下行控制信道顺序PDCCH order发送的子帧的子帧位置，k为大于等于1的正整数，或者k为大于等于4的正整数。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置，其中，所述第二确定模块包括：第一确定单元，设置为通过以下方式至少之一确定所述k：物理层DCI信令通知的方式，高层RRC信令通知的方式，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其中，所述上行预定子帧位置包括以下至少之一：
    第一个上行子帧，第二个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第一个上行子帧，上行传输burst中第二上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为偶数的上行子帧，上行传输burst中子帧索引为奇数的上行子帧，基站与用户设备事先约定的上行子帧。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置，其中，还包括：第三确定模块，设置为通过以下方式至少之一，确定用于发送所述Mgs1的频域资源：
    通过高层无线链路控制RRC信令配置的方式；
    通过物理层下行控制信息DCI信令通知的方式；
    通过高层RRC信令配置和物理层DCI信令通知相结合的方式。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置，其中，用于确定所述频域资源的参数包括以下至少之一：
    频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引；
    频域起始物理资源块PRB或资源单元RE位置索引集合；
    频域间隔；
    频域重复次数z；
    频域重复次数集合；
    频域重复中包括的PRB数目和/或RE数目。
  33. 根据权利要求25至32中任一项所述的装置，其中，还包括：
    执行模块，设置为在发送所述Mgs1之前执行先听后说LBT机制；
    第二发送模块，设置为在执行LBT机制成功的情况下，向基站 发送第一指示消息，其中，所述第一指示消息用于指示所述UE执行LBT成功或失败；或者，在执行LBT机制失败的情况下，向基站发送第二指示消息，其中，所述第二指示消息用于指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
  34. 根据权利要求25至32中任一项所述的装置，其中，还包括：
    扩展模块，设置为对所述UE接收Mgs2的预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    第一接收模块，设置为在扩展时间窗内接收所述Mgs2。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其中，所述扩展模块，还设置为通过以下方式至少之一，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到所述扩展时间窗：
    通过动态指示UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点的方式，对所述UE接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展，得到的扩展时间窗为n+k子帧到n+k+L+RA-ResponseWindowSize，其中，n为所述UE发送Mgs1的子帧，n+k为所述UE接收所述Mgs2的时间起点，L为预定时间长度，RA-ResponseWindowSize为所述预定时间窗的窗长；
    通过增加所述预定时间窗的窗长的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的时间窗的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗；
    通过增加额外的用于接收所述Mgs2的次数的方式，对所述Mgs2接收所述Mgs2的所述预定时间窗进行扩展得到扩展时间窗。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其中，L，k，以及 RA-ResponseWindowSize通过以下方式至少之一获取：高层无线链路控制RRC信令，物理层下行控制信息DCI信令，基站与UE预先约定的方式。
  37. 根据权利要求25至32中任一项所述的装置，其中，还包括：
    第三发送模块，设置为在所述UE未接收到所述Mgs2的情况下，向媒体接入控制层MAC发送第三指示消息，其中，所述第三指示消息用于指示UE不抬升发送前导码的功率或指示MAC层不进行PreambleTransMax计数器累加操作。
  38. 根据权利要求25至32中任一项所述的装置，其中，还包括：第二接收模块，设置为在向基站发送所述Mgs1之后，接收到来自所述基站的Mgs2，其中，所述Mgs2中携带有时间提前量TA，上行授权UL grant，前导码索引，临时小区接入网络临时标识TC-RNTI。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其中，所述Mgs2中还携带有以下信息至少之一：
    发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置；
    发送Msg3消息的时域子帧位置集合；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗内的起始发送Msg3消息的时域资源及偏移量；
    发送Msg3消息的时间窗内发送Msg3消息的时域资源间隔；
    发送Msg3消息的次数；
    发送Msg3消息的时域资源的数目；
    UE接收到基站发送的Mgs2的时频域资源与UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的预定定时关系值。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置，其中，所述UE接收到基站发送Mgs2的时频域资源与所述UE发送Msg3消息的时域资源之间的所述预定定时关系值包括：
    n+k2，其中，k2为大于等于1的值，或k2为大于等于4的值。
  41. 根据权利要求24至40中任一项所述的装置，其中，PRACH格式format包括：format 0,format 1,format 2,format 3,format 4,预定新格式new format，不同PRACH格式对应的LBT机制的LBT优先级等级顺序包括以下至少之一：
    format 0>format 1>format2>format3>format4>new format；
    format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>format4>new format；
    format 0>format4>format 1>format2>format3>new format；
    format4>format 0>format 1>format2>format3>new format；
    format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2>format3；
    format 0>format4>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；
    format4>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3>new format；
    format4>new format>format 0>format 1>format2和/或format3。
  42. 一种用户设备UE，包括权利要求25至41中任一项所述的装置。
  43. 一种存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质包括存储的程序，其中，所述程序运行时执行权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2017/084248 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质 WO2017194018A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/301,263 US10959262B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 Random access method and device, user equipment, and storage medium
US17/175,516 US11533751B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2021-02-12 Random access method and device, user equipment, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610322441.2A CN107371273B (zh) 2016-05-13 2016-05-13 随机接入方法、装置及用户设备
CN201610322441.2 2016-05-13

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/301,263 A-371-Of-International US10959262B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 Random access method and device, user equipment, and storage medium
US17/175,516 Continuation US11533751B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2021-02-12 Random access method and device, user equipment, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017194018A1 true WO2017194018A1 (zh) 2017-11-16

Family

ID=60266747

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/084248 WO2017194018A1 (zh) 2016-05-13 2017-05-12 随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (2) US10959262B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN107371273B (zh)
WO (1) WO2017194018A1 (zh)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018095519A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 Aktiebolaget Electrolux Holder for vacuum cleaner dust container
CN110582119A (zh) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-17 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
CN110944393A (zh) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 宏碁股份有限公司 随机访问的方法及使用所述方法的用户设备
WO2020063061A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-02 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods, terminal device and base station for channel sensing in unlicensed spectrum
WO2020068616A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-02 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Listen before talk and channel access priority class for rach in new radio unlicensed
CN111651287A (zh) * 2020-05-31 2020-09-11 成都新潮传媒集团有限公司 一种消息通知方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN111787636A (zh) * 2018-06-20 2020-10-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 随机接入方法、装置和程序
WO2020227011A1 (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-12 Apple Inc. Random access channel configuration in time domain for nr in unlicensed spectrum
CN112335288A (zh) * 2018-11-12 2021-02-05 松下电器（美国）知识产权公司 缺失参考信号的情况下的无线电网络测量
CN112740817A (zh) * 2018-09-22 2021-04-30 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信系统中用于发送和接收信号的方法和设备
CN113498628A (zh) * 2019-07-26 2021-10-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 监听随机接入响应的方法、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质
WO2022141070A1 (zh) * 2020-12-29 2022-07-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和终端设备
EP3914019A4 (en) * 2019-01-18 2022-08-03 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. ACCESS FEEDBACK METHOD AND DEVICE, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND STORAGE MEDIUM
US11553527B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2023-01-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for handling random access procedure in non-terrestrial communication system

Families Citing this family (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105472762B (zh) * 2016-01-08 2019-06-11 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 随机接入方法、随机接入装置和终端
WO2018030360A1 (ja) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ装置、及び通信方法
US10681738B2 (en) * 2016-12-16 2020-06-09 Ofinno, Llc Random access in a wireless device and wireless network
CN107359966B (zh) * 2017-05-31 2021-01-29 上海华为技术有限公司 一种信号的发射方法及通信设备
WO2018232123A1 (en) * 2017-06-14 2018-12-20 Idac Holdings, Inc. Rach procedures in unlicensed spectrum
US11778657B2 (en) * 2017-10-27 2023-10-03 Apple Inc. Control resource set information in physical broadcast channel
AU2018374138B2 (en) * 2017-11-28 2021-12-02 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Bandwidth part operation for random access in RRC connected mode
US11457472B2 (en) * 2017-12-18 2022-09-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for initial access block on stand-alone NR unlicensed spectrum
CN111434176A (zh) * 2017-12-28 2020-07-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于随机接入的方法和设备
US10873423B2 (en) 2018-02-15 2020-12-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for allocation of uplink control channel resources in unlicensed spectrum
EP3528581A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-08-21 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America User equipment and base station for improved prioritized random access
WO2019163006A1 (ja) * 2018-02-20 2019-08-29 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ装置及び基地局装置
CN110299977A (zh) * 2018-03-22 2019-10-01 夏普株式会社 在用户设备上运行的方法及用户设备
EP3777336B1 (en) * 2018-04-04 2024-06-05 ZTE Corporation Assignment of random access channel resources to information requests
CN110351879B (zh) * 2018-04-04 2021-11-19 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN110351878B (zh) * 2018-04-04 2023-07-14 华为技术有限公司 一种随机接入处理方法和相关设备
CN110636613B (zh) 2018-06-21 2023-05-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 随机接入方法、终端、基站、存储介质、电子装置
CN110769517B (zh) * 2018-07-26 2022-02-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种随机接入方法及相关设备
CN110831236A (zh) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 随机接入的方法和装置
US20200053798A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Mediatek Inc. Methods for mitigating impact of listen-before-talk in unlicensed spectrum
CN112470509A (zh) * 2018-09-21 2021-03-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种随机接入方法及装置、网络设备、终端
EP3841823A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2021-06-30 Convida Wireless, Llc Nr-u lbt mac procedures
CA3113871C (en) * 2018-09-27 2023-04-04 Zte Corporation Methods, apparatus and systems for performing a random access procedure in a wireless communication
US11405980B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2022-08-02 Apple Inc. Listen again after talk for broadcast/multi-cast communications
CN110972172B (zh) * 2018-09-28 2021-02-12 华为技术有限公司 上行免动态授权传输的方法及装置
CN111050411B (zh) * 2018-10-12 2022-03-18 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 一种随机接入方法及装置、存储介质、终端
WO2020093403A1 (zh) * 2018-11-09 2020-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种随机接入方法及装置、终端、基站
US20220346147A1 (en) * 2018-12-21 2022-10-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and Device Operating in Unlicensed Spectrum
US11356962B2 (en) * 2019-01-07 2022-06-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Power control in NR-NR dual connectivity
US20220078851A1 (en) * 2019-01-18 2022-03-10 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Random access method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN114375032B (zh) * 2019-01-30 2024-05-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种数据处理方法及用户设备
CN111698735A (zh) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-22 华为技术有限公司 一种无线通信技术领域中的通信方法和通信装置
CN111436158B (zh) * 2019-03-22 2023-03-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 传输物理随机接入信道信号的方法、装置和电子设备
WO2020191632A1 (zh) * 2019-03-26 2020-10-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种功率控制方法及装置、终端、网络设备
WO2020191634A1 (zh) * 2019-03-26 2020-10-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 随机接入配置方法及装置
ES2963624T3 (es) * 2019-03-29 2024-04-01 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd Método de determinación de tamaño de ventana de contienda y producto relacionado
WO2020217542A1 (ja) * 2019-04-26 2020-10-29 富士通株式会社 基地局、端末、無線通信システム
US11497054B2 (en) * 2019-05-02 2022-11-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel congestion measurement
WO2020227907A1 (zh) * 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种资源确定方法及装置、终端
WO2021007869A1 (zh) * 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信息上报方法及相关设备
CN112399411B (zh) * 2019-07-31 2022-04-29 上海华为技术有限公司 一种认证接入网设备的方法以及相关设备
CN112399615B (zh) * 2019-08-14 2022-04-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种调度方法及装置
US11558899B2 (en) 2019-08-15 2023-01-17 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method and user equipment of performing resource switching in unlicensed spectrum
WO2021031016A1 (zh) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信息指示方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN113678559A (zh) * 2019-09-25 2021-11-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种信息处理方法、终端设备
CN111919490B (zh) * 2020-06-30 2023-08-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 信息传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN115348658A (zh) * 2020-07-31 2022-11-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 随机接入方法和装置、配置指示方法和装置
CN114501668B (zh) * 2020-10-23 2023-11-17 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 用于物理随机接入信道的消息传输方法及装置、存储介质、终端、基站
CN113891484B (zh) * 2021-10-15 2023-07-14 北京通广龙电子科技有限公司 一种基于跳频的非竞争随机接入方法及装置
CN116017750A (zh) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-25 华为技术有限公司 用于随机接入的方法和装置
CN114125980B (zh) * 2021-11-29 2023-09-19 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 随机接入方法、装置、终端设备和介质

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012106843A1 (en) * 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Renesas Mobile Corporation Signaling method to enable controlled tx deferring in mixed licensed and unlicensed spectrum carrier aggregation in future lte-a networks
CN105472762A (zh) * 2016-01-08 2016-04-06 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 随机接入方法、随机接入装置和终端

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2009038074A1 (ja) * 2007-09-18 2011-01-06 シャープ株式会社 無線通信システム、基地局装置、移動局装置およびランダムアクセス方法
WO2013051985A1 (en) * 2011-10-03 2013-04-11 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Reliable pdsch decoding on cross-scheduled carrier during random access procedure
US20160050667A1 (en) * 2014-08-18 2016-02-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Communication on licensed and unlicensed bands
US10433339B2 (en) * 2015-04-14 2019-10-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access for low latency wireless communications
US10375714B2 (en) * 2015-08-12 2019-08-06 Blackberry Limited Uplink resource scheduling control in response to channel busy condition
JP2018532314A (ja) * 2015-10-17 2018-11-01 コムキャスト ケーブル コミュニケーションズ， エルエルシー 部分および完全サブフレームにおける制御チャネル構成
US10425973B2 (en) * 2015-11-25 2019-09-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access channel signaling on a shared communication medium
US10334624B2 (en) * 2016-04-29 2019-06-25 Ofinno, Llc Allocation of licensed assisted access resources in a wireless device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012106843A1 (en) * 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Renesas Mobile Corporation Signaling method to enable controlled tx deferring in mixed licensed and unlicensed spectrum carrier aggregation in future lte-a networks
CN105472762A (zh) * 2016-01-08 2016-04-06 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 随机接入方法、随机接入装置和终端

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CMCC: "Mapping of QCI to LBT Priority Class", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #93 R2-161302, 19 February 2016 (2016-02-19), XP051055225 *
ERICSSON ET AL.: "Mapping between QCIs and LBT Priority Classes", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2#92 R2-156693, 20 November 2015 (2015-11-20), XP051006046 *
ZTE: "Further Consideration on Mapping of LBT Priority Classes", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2#92 R2-156231, 20 November 2015 (2015-11-20), XP051005736 *

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018095519A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 Aktiebolaget Electrolux Holder for vacuum cleaner dust container
US11553527B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2023-01-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for handling random access procedure in non-terrestrial communication system
CN110582119A (zh) * 2018-06-11 2019-12-17 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
CN110582119B (zh) * 2018-06-11 2022-11-25 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
US11968709B2 (en) 2018-06-20 2024-04-23 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Channel access method and apparatus for physical random access channel transmission, and program
CN111787636A (zh) * 2018-06-20 2020-10-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 随机接入方法、装置和程序
CN110944393A (zh) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-31 宏碁股份有限公司 随机访问的方法及使用所述方法的用户设备
CN112740817A (zh) * 2018-09-22 2021-04-30 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信系统中用于发送和接收信号的方法和设备
CN112740817B (zh) * 2018-09-22 2024-02-20 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信系统中用于发送和接收信号的方法和设备
TWI723552B (zh) * 2018-09-26 2021-04-01 新加坡商聯發科技（新加坡）私人有限公司 判斷對話前監聽和通道存取優先級等級之方法及使用者設備
US11490422B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2022-11-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods, terminal device and base station for channel sensing in unlicensed spectrum
WO2020068616A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-02 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Listen before talk and channel access priority class for rach in new radio unlicensed
WO2020063061A1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2020-04-02 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods, terminal device and base station for channel sensing in unlicensed spectrum
CN112335288A (zh) * 2018-11-12 2021-02-05 松下电器（美国）知识产权公司 缺失参考信号的情况下的无线电网络测量
EP3914019A4 (en) * 2019-01-18 2022-08-03 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. ACCESS FEEDBACK METHOD AND DEVICE, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND STORAGE MEDIUM
WO2020227011A1 (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-12 Apple Inc. Random access channel configuration in time domain for nr in unlicensed spectrum
CN113498628A (zh) * 2019-07-26 2021-10-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 监听随机接入响应的方法、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质
CN113498628B (zh) * 2019-07-26 2023-11-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 监听随机接入响应的方法、设备及存储介质
CN111651287A (zh) * 2020-05-31 2020-09-11 成都新潮传媒集团有限公司 一种消息通知方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
WO2022141070A1 (zh) * 2020-12-29 2022-07-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和终端设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190215864A1 (en) 2019-07-11
CN107371273B (zh) 2023-05-30
CN107371273A (zh) 2017-11-21
US20210168859A1 (en) 2021-06-03
US10959262B2 (en) 2021-03-23
US11533751B2 (en) 2022-12-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017194018A1 (zh) 随机接入方法、装置及用户设备、存储介质
CN113302966B (zh) 用于执行随机接入程序的方法和用户设备
US10271325B2 (en) Channel access in listen before talk systems
EP3818768B1 (en) Method and user equipment for performing random access channel procedure for unlicensed operation
JP6682000B2 (ja) アップリンク制御チャネル上で送信をするためのパラメータを決定するための方法
US10779329B2 (en) Random access response transmission method and device
CN106455117B (zh) 一种竞争接入方法和装置
CN106993335B (zh) 前导码发送、接收方法、装置、用户设备及基站
US11991743B2 (en) User equipment and base station participating in prioritized random access
US11503643B2 (en) Random access method and device
CN111386745A (zh) 在部分带宽切换操作中处理随机存取程序的方法和相关装置
CN109922534A (zh) 随机接入程序期间处理带宽部分定时器的方法和设备
US10159095B2 (en) Random access method and related apparatus
US11153913B2 (en) Random access procedure in next generation wireless networks
WO2019242762A1 (zh) 随机接入方法、终端、基站、存储介质、电子装置
JP7486471B2 (ja) ユーザ機器、方法及び集積回路
EP3372040B1 (en) Apparatus and method for listen before talk-based random access with partial subframes
WO2020030087A1 (zh) 随机接入方法、装置、设备及存储介质
TW202139743A (zh) 用於報告與隨選系統資訊之請求或接收相關之資訊之系統及方法

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17795636

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17795636

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1